% \iffalse meta-comment
%<*driver|install>
\let\CTANLinks=y
\let\interfacesquick=n
%</driver|install>
% interfaces: 2011/02/19 v3.1 - interfaces with keys for other packages (FC)
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
% version. The latest version of this license is in
%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%
% This work consists of the main source file interfaces.dtx
% and the derived files
%    interfaces.sty, interfaces.pdf, interfaces.ins,
%    interfaces-base.sty,
%    interfaces-LaTeX.sty,
%    interfaces-tikz.sty,
%    interfaces-titlesec.sty,
%    interfaces-hyperref.sty,
%    interfaces-bookmark.sty,
%    interfaces-hypbmsec.sty,
%    interfaces-fancyhdr.sty,
%    interfaces-marks.sty,
%    interfaces-tocloft.sty,
%    interfaces-makecell.sty,
%    interfaces-enumitem.sty,
%    interfaces-truncate.sty,
%    interfaces-appendix.sty,
%    interfaces-embedfile.sty,
%    interfaces-environ.sty,
%    interfaces-umrand.sty,
%    interfaces-scrlfile.sty,
%    interfaces-pgfkeys.sty,
%    interfaces-etoolbox.sty
%
% Unpacking:
%    (a) If interfaces.ins is present:
%           etex interfaces.ins
%    (b) Without interfaces.ins:
%           etex interfaces.dtx
%    (c) If you insist on using LaTeX
%           latex \let\install=y\input{interfaces.dtx}
%        (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell)
%
% Documentation:
%           (pdf)latex interfaces.dtx
% Copyright (C) 2010 by Florent Chervet <florent.chervet@free.fr>
%<*ignore>
\begingroup
  \def\x{LaTeX2e}%
\expandafter\endgroup
\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter
         \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi
         \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax
\else\csname fi\endcsname
%</ignore>
%<*install>
\input docstrip.tex
\Msg{************************************************************************}
\Msg{* Installation}
\Msg{* Package: 2011/02/19 v3.1 - interfaces: interfaces with keys for other packages (FC)}
\Msg{************************************************************************}

\keepsilent
\askforoverwritefalse

\let\MetaPrefix \relax
\preamble

This is a generated file.

interfaces : 2011/02/19 v3.1 - interfaces : interfaces with keys for other packages (FC)

This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
version. The latest version of this license is in
   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt

This work consists of the main source file interfaces.dtx
and the derived files
    interfaces.sty, interfaces.pdf, interfaces.ins,
    interfaces-base.sty,
    interfaces-LaTeX.sty,
    interfaces-tikz.sty,
    interfaces-titlesec.sty,
    interfaces-hyperref.sty,
    interfaces-bookmark.sty,
    interfaces-hypbmsec.sty,
    interfaces-fancyhdr.sty,
    interfaces-marks.sty,
    interfaces-tocloft.sty,
    interfaces-makecell.sty,
    interfaces-enumitem.sty,
    interfaces-truncate.sty,
    interfaces-appendix.sty,
    interfaces-embedfile.sty,
    interfaces-environ.sty,
    interfaces-umrand.sty,
    interfaces-scrlfile.sty,
    interfaces-pgfkeys.sty,
    interfaces-etoolbox.sty

interfaces: interfaces with keys for other packages (FC)
Copyright (C) 2010 by Florent Chervet <florent.chervet@free.fr>

\endpreamble
\let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent

\generate{%
   \file{interfaces.ins}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{install}}%
   \file{interfaces.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{package}}%
   \file{interfaces-base.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{base}}%
   \file{interfaces-pgfkeys.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{pgfkeys}}%
   \file{interfaces-etoolbox.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{etoolbox}}%
   \file{interfaces-scrlfile.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{scrlfile}}%
   \file{interfaces-LaTeX.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{LaTeX}}%
   \file{interfaces-titlesec.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{titlesec}}%
   \file{interfaces-hyperref.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{hyperref}}%
   \file{interfaces-bookmark.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{bookmark}}%
   \file{interfaces-fancyhdr.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{fancyhdr}}%
   \file{interfaces-marks.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{marks}}%
   \file{interfaces-tocloft.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{tocloft}}%
   \file{interfaces-makecell.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{makecell}}%
   \file{interfaces-enumitem.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{enumitem}}%
   \file{interfaces-hypbmsec.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{hypbmsec}}%
   \file{interfaces-truncate.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{truncate}}%
   \file{interfaces-tikz.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{tikz}}%
   \file{interfaces-umrand.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{umrand}}%
   \file{interfaces-environ.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{environ}}%
   \file{interfaces-appendix.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{appendix}}%
   \file{interfaces-embedfile.sty}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{embedfile}}%
}

\ifx n\CTANLinks \askforoverwritetrue \fi
\generate{%
   \file{interfaces.drv}{\from{interfaces.dtx}{driver}}%
}

\obeyspaces
\Msg{************************************************************************}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following}
\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{*     interfaces.sty}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `interfaces.dtx'}
\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{************************************************************************}

\endbatchfile
%</install>
%<*ignore>
\fi
%</ignore>
%<*driver>
\edef\thisfile{\jobname}
\def\thisinfo{interfaces with keys for other packages}
\def\thisdate{2011/02/19}
\def\thisversion{3.1}
\def\thisVersion{\thisversion\,\textendash\,release}
\def\CTANbaseurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/}
\def\LocalOrCTAN#1#2{\ifx y\CTANLinks#2\else#1\fi}
\def\LOCALDOC{file:C:/texmf/doc/latex}
\let\loadclass\LoadClass
\def\LoadClass#1{\loadclass[abstracton]{scrartcl}\let\scrmaketitle\maketitle\AtEndOfClass{\let\maketitle\scrmaketitle}}
{\makeatletter{\endlinechar`\^^J\obeyspaces
 \gdef\ErrorUpdate#1=#2,{\@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}{}{\let\CheckDate\errmessage\toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@
        \thisfile-documentation: updates required !
              package #1 must be later than #2
              to compile this documentation.}}}}%
 \gdef\CheckDate#1{{\let\CheckDate\relax\toks@{}\@for\x:=\thisfile=\thisdate,#1\do{\expandafter\ErrorUpdate\x,}\CheckDate\expandafter{\the\toks@}}}}
\AtBeginDocument{\CheckDate{tabu=2011/02/19}}
\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{ltxdoc}
\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}}
\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
\usepackage[american]{babel}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{txfonts,times,marvosym,wasysym,nicefrac,numprint,hologo}
\usepackage[scaled=.9]{helvet}
\ifx y\interfacesquick\else
\usepackage[expansion=all,protrusion=none,shrink=50,stretch=20]{microtype}\fi
\PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor}
\usepackage{etoolbox,atveryend,calc}
\usepackage{graphicx,xspace,xcolor,framed}
\usepackage{geometry,lastpage,tocloft,titlesec,hypbmsec,fancyhdr,moresize,relsize,needspace}
\usepackage{enumitem,multirow,makecell,tabularx,booktabs,colortbl,dcolumn,delarray,hhline}
\usepackage[verbose]{linegoal}[2010/12/07]
\usepackage[breakall]{truncate}
\usepackage{appendix}
\usepackage{interfaces}[2010/12/27]
\usepackage{holtxdoc,hyperref,bookmark}
\usepackage{embedfile}
\usepackage{fp}
\usepackage{zref,zref-user,zref-savepos}
\usepackage{enumitem-zref}[2010/12/17]
\usetikz{basic,decorations.pathmorphing}
\csname endofdump\endcsname
\RequirePackage[debugshow]{tabu}[2010/12/28]
\FPmessagestrue
%%\OnlyDescription
\CodelineNumbered
\usepackage{fancyvrb} \fvset{gobble=1,listparameters={\topsep=0pt}}
\lastlinefit999      \widowpenalty5000    \clubpenalty10000    \doublehyphendemerits100000
\geometry{top=0pt,includehead,headheight=.8cm,headsep=.3cm,bottom=1.2cm,footskip=.5cm,left=2.5cm,right=1cm}
\hypersetup{%
  pdftitle={The interfaces package},%
  pdfsubject={interfaces with keys for other packages},%
  pdfauthor={F. CHERVET},%
  pdfpagemode=UseNone,%
  colorlinks,linkcolor=reflink,filecolor=reffilecolor,%
  pdfstartview={FitH},%
  pdfkeywords={tex, e-tex, TeX, e-TeX, eTeX, latex, package, interfaces, marks,%
               pgfkeys, scrlfile, etoolbox, titlesec, fancyhdr, tocloft, environ,%
               embedfile, hyperref, bookmark, hypbmsec, truncate, tikz,%
               makecell, enumitem, appendix, umrand},%
  bookmarksopen=true,bookmarksopenlevel=1,%
  pdfnewwindow=true}
\embedfile{\thisfile.dtx}
\begin{document}
   \DocInput{\thisfile.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
% \CheckSum{6187}
% \CharacterTable
%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\begin,\CodelineIndex,\CodelineNumbered,\def,\DisableCrossrefs,\~,\@ifpackagelater,\z@,\@ne}
% \DoNotIndex{\DocInput,\documentclass,\EnableCrossrefs,\end,\GetFileInfo}
% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\OnlyDescription,\RecordChanges,\usepackage}
% \DoNotIndex{\ProvidesClass,\ProvidesPackage,\ProvidesFile,\RequirePackage}
% \DoNotIndex{\filename,\fileversion,\filedate,\let}
% \DoNotIndex{\@listctr,\@nameuse,\csname,\else,\endcsname,\expandafter}
% \DoNotIndex{\gdef,\global,\if,\item,\newcommand,\nobibliography}
% \DoNotIndex{\par,\providecommand,\relax,\renewcommand,\renewenvironment}
% \DoNotIndex{\stepcounter,\usecounter,\nocite,\fi}
% \DoNotIndex{\@fileswfalse,\@gobble,\@ifstar,\@unexpandable@protect}
% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndDocument,\begingroup,\endgroup}
% \DoNotIndex{\frenchspacing,\MessageBreak,\newif,\PackageWarningNoLine}
% \DoNotIndex{\protect,\string,\xdef,\ifx,\texttt,\@biblabel,\bibitem}
% \DoNotIndex{\z@,\wd,\wheremsg,\vrule,\voidb@x,\verb,\bibitem}
% \DoNotIndex{\FrameCommand,\MakeFramed,\FrameRestore,\hskip,\hfil,\hfill,\hsize,\hspace,\hss,\hbox,\hb@xt@,\endMakeFramed,\escapechar}
% \DoNotIndex{\do,\date,\if@tempswa,\@tempdima,\@tempboxa,\@tempswatrue,\@tempswafalse,\ifdefined,\ifhmode,\ifmmode,\cr}
% \DoNotIndex{\box,\author,\advance,\multiply,\Command,\outer,\next,\leavevmode,\kern,\title,\toks@,\trcg@where,\tt}
% \DoNotIndex{\the,\width,\star,\space,\section,\subsection,\textasteriskcentered,\textwidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\",\:,\@empty,\@for,\@gtempa,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@tempa,\@testopt,\@width,\\,\m@ne,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
% \DoNotIndex{\maketitle,\parindent,\setbox,\x,\kernel@ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\KVS@CommaComma,\KVS@CommaSpace,\KVS@EqualsSpace,\KVS@Equals,\KVS@Global,\KVS@SpaceEquals,\KVS@SpaceComma,\KVS@Comma}
% \DoNotIndex{\DefineShortVerb,\DeleteShortVerb,\UndefineShortVerb,\MakeShortVerb,\endinput,\Verb,\VerbLines,\T,\x,\y,\U,\tw@,\ttl@,\q,\quad,\ps@}
% \DoNotIndex{\plainfootrulewidth,\plainheadrulewidth,\ProcessOptions,\providerobustcmd,\pgfqkeys,\pgfkeys,\pgfkeysvalueof,\pgfkeysnovalue@text,\pgfkeyslet}
% \DoNotIndex{\pgfkeysifdefined,\pgfkeysEsetvalue,\pgfkeysedef,\pgfkeysdef,\pgfkeyscurrentvalue,\pgfkeyscurrentpath,\pgfkeyscurrentname,\pgfkeyscurrentkey}
% \DoNotIndex{\pgfkeysalso,\pgfkeysaddvalue,\pgfkeys@unknown,\pgfkeys@temp,\pgfkeys@stop,\pgfkeys@split@path,\pgfkeys@empty,\pgfkeys@code,\pgfkeys@case@one}
% \DoNotIndex{\pgfkeys@add@path@as@needed,\parfillskip,\PackageWarning,\PackageInfo,\PackageError,\p@,\P}
% \DoNotIndex{\numexpr,\number,\newrobustcmd,\N,\M,\meaning,\ltx@leavevmode,\ltx@newif,\ltx@secondoftwo,\lowercase,\letcs,\lccode,\LaTeX,\l@,\l@sup,\l@newsection}
% \DoNotIndex{\keep,\jobname,\itf@tp,\itf@thecr,\itf@tempdim,\itf@sum,\itf@rows,\itf@cols,\itf@row,\itf@col,\itf@pgfkeysaddvalue,\itf@pgfkeys@unpack}
% \DoNotIndex{\itf@pgfkeys@exp@call,\itf@pgfkeys@choice,\itf@pgfkeys,\itf@patch@inside,\itf@patch@boundary,\itf@p@gesetup,\itf@number@@@,\itf@number@,\itf@newif}
% \DoNotIndex{\itf@LoadFile,\itf@LoadInterface,\itf@istruncated,\itf@getv@lue,\itf@freespace,\itf@exp@ndonceifcs,\itf@endappendices@pp,\itf@Embed@ne,\itf@EmbedOne}
% \DoNotIndex{\itf@defpreapp,\itf@cnt,\itf@Check@Package,\itf@cft@section@name,\itf@cft@sec@name,\itf@cft@sectionname,\itf@cellfontrow,\itf@cellfontcol,\itf@cell@rowcolkey}
% \DoNotIndex{\itf@cell@getifdefined,\itf@cell@getf@rmula,\itf@BKM@@ref,\itf@BKM@@pageref,\itf@AtEnd,\itf@appendices@pp,\itf@@cellright,\itf@@cellleft,\InputIfFileExists}
% \DoNotIndex{\in@true,\in@false,\in@@,\in@@@,\immediate,\iftrue,\ifnum,\ifin@,\ifdim,\ifcsname,\ifcase,\ifcat,\ifblank,\if@chapter@pp,\if@fancyplain,\if@cftsubfigopt}
% \DoNotIndex{\hyper@anchorend,\hyper@anchorstart,\Hy@raisedlink,\Hy@babelnormalise,\Hy@AnchorName,\hfuzz,\hbs@tocstring,\hbs@bmstring,\hbs@seccmd,\hbs@process,\hbs@do}
% \DoNotIndex{\hbadness,\G@refundefinedtrue,\getpagerefnumber,\expandonce,\ExecuteOptions,\etb@doitem,\enit@a,\enit@b,\endVerb,\endVerbLines,\endappendices}
% \DoNotIndex{\embedthisfile@main,\embedthisfile@all,\document,\docsvlist,\dimexpr,\dimen@,\detokenize,\define@key,\DeclareOption,\D,\crcr,\count@,\catcode,\BKM@startatroottrue}
% \DoNotIndex{\badness,\b,\B,\AtEndPreamble,\AtEndOfPackage,\arraybackslash,\array@prepnext@tok,\csappto,\appto,\appendixpagename,\appendixtocname,\AfterPreamble}
% \DoNotIndex{\AfterEndPreamble,\addcontentsline,\a,\@undefined,\@temptokena,\@tempcnta,\@tempb,\@specialstyle,\@specialpagetrue,\@rightskip,\@ptionlist,\@preamble}
% \DoNotIndex{\@nnil,\@nil,\@makeother,\@listfiles,\@let@token,\@latex@warning,\@input,\@ifundefinedcolor,\@ifundefined,\@ifpackagewith,\@ifnextchar,\@height,\@width,\@depth}
% \DoNotIndex{\@firstoftwo,\@secondoftwo,\@enddocumenthook,\@ehd,\@eha,\@dotoc@pptrue,\@dotoc@ppfalse,\@dopage@pptrue,\@dopage@ppfalse,\@declaredoptions,\@currentHref}
% \DoNotIndex{\@currentlabel,\@currentlabelname,\@currenvir,\@classz,\@chapter@pptrue,\@chapter@ppfalse,\@cftmaketoctitle,\@cftmakelottitle,\@cftmakeloftitle,\@arrayright}
% \DoNotIndex{\@arabic,\@M,\&,\#,\!,\thr@@,\z@skip,\unexpanded,\typeout,\ttl@select,\ttl@savetitle,\ttl@a,\vbox,\preto,\pgfkeyssetvalue,\pgfkeysgetvalue}
% \DoNotIndex{\pgfkeysdefaultpath,\pgfkeys@spdef,\pgfeov,\S,\scr@set@load@hook,\setlist,\romannumeral,\robustify,\renewrobustcmd,\ps@@fancy,\protected,\newlistentry,\newcount}
% \DoNotIndex{\macro,\ltx@ifundefined,\leftmargin,\itf@ttl@get@format,\itf@trunc@width,\itf@trunc@nosuchwidth,\itf@set@bottomtitle@space,\itf@sectionf@rmat}
% \DoNotIndex{\itf@s@LoadFile,\itf@rowloop,\itf@colloop,\itf@patch@,\itf@number@@,\itf@marks@warning,\itf@cft@sectionname,\itf@cft@name,\itf@cellfont,\itf@celltext}
% \DoNotIndex{\itf@cellskip,\itf@cellrow,\itf@cellcol,\itf@cell,\itf@AfterPackage,\input,\IfFileExists,\iffalse,\I,\hrule,\gpreto,\glueexpr,\fancy@gbl}
% \DoNotIndex{\afterassignment,\csxdef,\cslet,\csletcs,\csgdef,\csedef,\csdef,\csappto,\csundef,\csuse,\ClassError,\cl@section,\~}
% \makeatletter
%
% \newcommand*\tikzlabel[2][]{\tikz[{remember picture,#1}]\coordinate ({#2});}
% \colorlet{pkgcolor}{teal} \protected\def\pkgcolor{\color{pkgcolor}}
% \def\descfont{\normalfont\bfseries}
% \newrobustcmd*\FC{{\color{copper}\usefont{T1}{fts}xn FC}}
% \newrobustcmd*\CTANhref[2][macros/latex/contrib/]{^^A
%  \href{\CTANbaseurl#1#2}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1#2}}^^A
% }
% \newrobustcmd*\thispackage{\@ifstar{\thisp@ckage{}}{\thisp@ckage\Xspace}}
% \def\thisp@ckage#1{\@ifnextchar[\thisp@ckage@opt {\xpackage{\pkgcolor\thisfile}#1}}^^A]
% \def\thisp@ckage@opt #1[#2]{\ifcsundef{r@#2}{\xpackage{\pkgcolor#2}}{\hyperref[{#2}]{\xpackage{\pkgcolor#2}}}#1}
% \def\ThisPackage{\Xpackage{\thisfile}\Xspace}
% \newrobustcmd*\Xpackage[2][macros/latex/contrib/]{\@testopt{\X@package[{#1}]{#2}}{}}
% \def\X@package[#1]#2[#3]{^^A #1=href, #2=name, #3=description (footnote)
%     \xpackage{#2\footnote{\noindent\xpackage{#2}: \CTANhref[{#1}]{#2}#3}}^^A
% }
% \def\ThisPackage{\Xpackage{\thisfile}\Xspace}
% \newrobustcmd\doclink[2][]{\ifblank{#1}
%     {\hyperref{\LocalOrCTAN{\LOCALDOC/#2/#2.pdf}{\CTANbaseurl/macros/latex/contrib/#2}}{}{}{#2}}
%     {\hyperref{#1}{}{}{#2}}%
% }
% \newrobustcmd\ClearPage{\@ifstar{\vfill\null\clearpage}{}}
% \bottomtitles=.1\textheight
% \catcode`\§ \active   \def§{\@ifnextchar §{\endgraf\nobreak\vskip-2\parskip}{\endgraf\nobreak\vskip-\parskip}}
% \def\Underbrace#1_#2{$\underbrace{\vtop to2ex{}\hbox{#1}}_{\footnotesize\hbox{#2}}$}
% \newcolumntype{O}{>{\opt}r@{\,=\textellipsis,\hskip.3em}}
% \newcolumntype{o}{>{\opt} r@{\,=\,}}
% \pretocmd\oldstylenums{\fontfamily{cmr}}{}{}
% \newrobustcmd*\thisyear{\begingroup
%    \def\thisyear##1/##2\@nil{\endgroup
%       \oldstylenums{2010\ifnum##1=2010\else\,\textendash\,##1\fi}%
%    }\expandafter\thisyear\thisdate\@nil
% }
% ^^A----------------------------------------------------------------------------
% \parindent\z@\parskip.4\baselineskip\topsep\parskip\partopsep\z@
% \newrobustcmd*\macrocodecolor{\color{macrocode}} \definecolor{macrocode}{rgb}{0.05,0.02,0.07}
% \g@addto@macro\macro@font{\macrocodecolor\let\AltMacroFont\macro@font}
% \font\ttMacroFont=cmtt10 scaled 900
% \def\MacroFont{\ttMacroFont}
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{VerbLines}{Verbatim}
%     {gobble=1,frame=lines,framesep=6pt,fontfamily=txtt,fontseries=m}
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{VerbLines*}{Verbatim}
%     {gobble=1,frame=lines,framesep=6pt,fontfamily=txtt,fontseries=m,commandchars=$()}
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{Verb}{Verbatim}
%     {gobble=1,fontfamily=txtt,fontseries=m}
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{Verb*}{Verbatim}
%     {gobble=1,fontfamily=txtt,fontseries=m,commandchars=$()}
% \def\smex{\leavevmode\hb@xt@2em{\hfil$\longrightarrow$\hfil}}
% \newcommand\texorpdf[2]{\texorpdfstring{#1{#2}}{#2}}
% \renewcommand*\ttdefault{txtt}
% \newrobustcmd\verbfont{\ttfamily} \let\vb\verbfont ^^A\usefont{T1}\ttdefault\f@series\f@shape}
% \def\meta@font@select{\itshape\verbfont}\let\metafont\meta@font@select
% \newrobustcmd\vbbf{\usefont{T1}{\ttdefault}bn}
% \renewrobustcmd\#[1]{{\usefont{T1}{pcr}{bx}{n}\char`\##1}}
% \newrobustcmd*\grabcs{\leavevmode\hbox\bgroup\bgroup\makeatletter\aftergroup\endgrabcs}
% \def\endgrabcs{\egroup\xspaceverb}
% \renewrobustcmd*\cs{\grabcs\cs@}
% \newrobustcmd*\cs@[2][]{\begingroup\escapechar\m@ne\def\x ##1{\endgroup\texttt{#1{\@backslashchar##1}}}\expandafter\x\expandafter{\string#2}\egroup}%
% \newcommand*\cs@pdf[1]{\@backslashchar\if\@backslashchar\string#1 \else\string#1\fi}
% ^^A% \renewcommand*\cs{\texorpdfstring{\leavevmode\hbox\bgroup\bgroup\makeatletter\cs@} \cs@pdf}
% ^^A% \newcommand*\cs@pdf[1]{\@backslashchar\if\@backslashchar\string#1 \else\string#1\fi}
% ^^A% \providerobustcmd*\cs@[2][\macrocodecolor]{\escapechar\m@ne\edef\@tempa{\noexpand\@backslashchar\string#2}\texttt{#1{\@tempa}}}
% \newrobustcmd*\csbf{\cs[\textbf]}
% ^^A% \newrobustcmd*\csref[2][\macrocodecolor]{{\escapechar\m@ne\edef\my@tempa{\string#2}\edef\x ##1{\noexpand\hyperref{}{declcs}{\my@tempa}{\noexpand\cs[{##1}]{\my@tempa}}}\expandafter}\x{#1}}
% \newrobustcmd*\csref[2][\macrocodecolor]{{\escapechar\m@ne\edef\my@tempa{\string#2}\edef\x ##1{\noexpand\hyperref{}{declcs}{\my@tempa}{\noexpand\cs[{##1}]{\my@tempa}}}\expandafter}\x{#1}}
% \newrobustcmd*\refVersion[2][]{\hyperref[{v#2}]{#1{v#2}}}
% \newrobustcmd*\patchlabel[2][]{\zref@setcurrent{patchtype}{#1}\label{patch-#2}\zref@labelbyprops{patch-#2}{page,default,patchtype}}
% \zref@newprop{patchtype}[]{}
% \newcommand\backslashchar{\@backslashchar}
% \newrobustcmd\CSbf[1]{\textbf{\CS{#1}}}
% \let\doc@meta\meta
% \renewrobustcmd*\meta[2][\macrocodecolor]{\doc@meta{#1{#2}}}
% \renewrobustcmd\declcs[2][]{^^A
%   \if@nobreak \par\nobreak
%   \else
%     \par\addvspace\parskip^^A{.5ex plus 1ex}\noindent
%     \needspace{\bottomtitlespace}%
%   \fi
%   \noindent
%   \hspace{-\leftmargini}^^A
%   \def\*{\unskip\,\texttt{*}}^^A
%   \begin{tabular}{|l|}^^A
%     \hline
%     \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\csname #2\endcsname
%     \raisedhyperdef[8pt]{declcs}{#2}{\cs[{#1}]{#2}}^^A
% }^^A
% \renewcommand\enddeclcs{%
%     \crcr \hline
%     \end{tabular}%
%     \nobreak   \par  \nobreak
%     \noindent
%     \ignorespacesafterend
%  }
%
% \newenvironment{declcs*}{\csname declcs*@begin\endcsname}{}^^A \begin{declcs*} width {num cols}[format]{command name} / width and format are optional
% \csdef{declcs*@begin}#1#{\ifblank{#1}
%     {\csdef{declcs*@tabular}{\begin{tabular}}^^A
%      \csdef{declcs*@endtabular}{\end{tabular}}}
%     {\csdef{declcs*@tabular}{\begin{tabular*}{#1}}^^A
%      \csdef{declcs*@endtabular}{\end{tabular*}}}^^A
%     \csname declcs*@@begin\endcsname
% }^^A declcs*@begin
% \csedef{declcs*@@begin}#1{\noexpand\@testopt
%   {\expandafter\noexpand\csname\@backslashchar declcs*\endcsname{#1}}{}}
% \csdef{\@backslashchar declcs*}#1[#2]#3{^^A
%   \par\addvspace{0ex plus1ex}\noindent
%   \hspace{-\leftmargini}^^A
%   \csuse{declcs*@tabular}{|*{#1}l|}\hline
%     \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\csname#3\endcsname
%     \cs[{#2}]{#3}^^A
% }^^A
% \csdef{enddeclcs*}{^^A
%     \crcr\hline
%     \csuse{declcs*@endtabular}\nobreak\par\nobreak
%     \noindent\ignorespacesafterend
% }^^A enddeclcs*
% \newrobustcmd\keytab[2][ol]{\makecell[tl]{^^A
% \begin{tabu}[t]{#1}
%  #2
% \end{tabu}}}
% \newrobustcmd\xkeytab[2][oX]{\makecell[tl]{^^A
% \begin{tabu} to\linegoal[t]{#1}
% #2
% \end{tabu}}}
% \def\@makeactive#1{\catcode`#1\active}
% {\@makeactive\*
% \gdef\staractive{\@makeactive\*\def*{\expandafter\stform\string*}\expandafter\let\expandafter\*\expandafter=\string*
%                  \def\[{{\color{black}[}}\def\]{{\color{black}]}}}
% }%
%
% \newrobustcmd\textttbf[1]{\textbf{\texttt{#1}}}        \let\texttbf\textttbf
% \renewrobustcmd*\bf{\bfseries}\newcommand\nnn{\normalfont\mdseries\upshape}\newcommand\nbf{\normalfont\bfseries\upshape}
% \newrobustcmd*\blue{\color{blue}}\newcommand*\red{\color{dr}}\newcommand*\green{\color{green}}\newcommand\rred{\color{red}}
% \newrobustcmd\rrbf{\color{red}\bfseries}
% \definecolor{optional}{rgb}{.67,.33,0.00}  \newcommand\opt{\color{optional}}
% \definecolor{copper}{rgb}{0.67,0.33,0.00}  \newcommand\copper{\color{copper}}
% \definecolor{dg}{rgb}{0.02,0.29,0.00}      \newcommand\dg{\color{dg}}
% \definecolor{db}{rgb}{0,0,0.502}           \newcommand\db{\color{db}}
%
% \definecolor{dr}{rgb}{0.75,0.00,0.00}      \let\dr\red
% \definecolor{lk}{rgb}{0.2,0.2,0.2}         \newrobustcmd\lk{\color{lk}}
% \newrobustcmd\bk{\color{black}}\newcommand\md{\mdseries}
% \newrobustcmd\ie{\emph{ie.}\,}
% \newrobustcmd\etc{{\bk\emph{etc.}}}
% \newrobustcmd\textt[2][]{\texttt{#1#2}}
% \newrobustcmd*\textitbf[1]{\textbf{\itshape#1}}
% \newcommand\cellstrut{}\let\cellstrut\bottopstrut
% \def\M{\@ifstar{\M@i\@firstofone}{\M@i\meta}}
% \def\M@i#1{\@ifnextchar[^^A]
%   {\M@square#1}
%   {\@ifnextchar(^^A)
%     {\M@paren#1}
%     {\M@brace#1}}^^A
% }
% \def\M@square#1[#2]{\M@Bracket[{#1{#2}}]}
% \def\M@paren#1(#2){\M@Bracket({#1{#2}})}
% \def\M@brace#1#2{\M@Bracket\{{#1{#2}}\}}
% \def\M@Bracket#1#2#3{{\ttfamily#1#2#3}}
% \newrobustcmd*\OR{{\rred\upshape\textttbf\textbar}}
% \newcommand*\NibRight{{\changefont{encoding=U,fam=ding}\symbol{'035}}}
% \newcommand*\HandRight{{\changefont{enc=U,family=ding}\symbol{'021}}}
% \newcommand*\Pisymbol[1]{{\changefont{enc=U,fam=pzd,ser=m,sha=n}\symbol{#1}}}
% \renewcommand\usepackage{\@ifstar{\use@package[\pkgcolor]}\use@package}
% \renewcommand\LoadInterface[1]{\hbox{\cs[\lk]{LoadInterface}\M*{\xpackage{#1}}}}
% \newrobustcmd\use@package[2][]{\hbox{\cs[\lk]{usepackage}\M*{{\ifcsundef{r@#2}{\xpackage{#1{#2}}}{\hyperref[#2]{\xpackage{#1{#2}}}}}}}}
% \pagesetup[corpus]{%
%  head/rule/width=.1pt,head/rule/color=LightSteelBlue,
%  left/offset=1cm,
%  font=\scriptsize\color[gray]{.35},
%  foot/left/font+=\tiny,
%  foot/right/font+=\smaller,
%  head/left=The \thispackage\ package -- \thisinfo,
%  head/right=\hyperref{}{}{\thefirstmarks{sectionanchor}}{\thefirstmarks{section}},
%  foot/left/offset=.7in,
%  foot/left=\vbox to\baselineskip{\vss{{\rotatebox[origin=l]{90}{\thispackage\,[rev.\thisVersion]\,\copyright\,\thisyear\,\lower.4ex\hbox{\pkgcolor\NibRight}\,\FC}}}},
%  foot/right=\oldstylenums{\arabic{page}} / \oldstylenums{\pageref{LastPage}},
%  }
% \pagestyle{corpus}
% \pagesetup[plain]{
%  pagestyle=corpus,
%  norules,
%  head=,
%  foot/left=\vbox to\baselineskip{\vss{{\rotatebox[origin=l]{90}{\thispackage\,[rev.\thisVersion]\,\copyright\,\thisyear\,\lower.4ex\hbox{\pkgcolor\NibRight}\,\FC\quad\xemail{florent.chervet at free.fr}}}}},
% }
%
% \newrobustcmd*\IMPLEMENTATION{%
%     \clearpage
%     \hypersetup{bookmarksopenlevel=2}
%     ^^A\geometry{top=0pt,includehead,headheight=1cm,headsep=.3cm,bottom=1.2cm,footskip=.5cm,left=2.5cm,right=1cm}
%     \newgeometry{top=0pt,includehead,headheight=.8cm,headsep=.3cm,bottom=1.2cm,footskip=.5cm,left=4cm,right=.5cm}
%     \pagesetup*{%
%        left/offset+=1.5cm,
%        right/offset-=.5cm,
%        head/left=The \thispackage package (implementation) -- \thisinfo,
%        head/right=\hyperref{}{}{\thefirstmarks{subsectionanchor}}{\thefirstmarks{subsection}},
%     }%
%     \bookmarksetup{depth=4}
%     \sectionformat\section{bookmark={bold*,italic*}}
%     \sectionformat\subsection{
%              mark=\marksthe{subsection}{\arabic{section}.\arabic{subsection}\,{\pkgcolor\lower.2ex\hbox{\smaller\NibRight}\,##1}}^^A
%                   \marksthecs{subsectionanchor}{lastsubsectionanchor}}
%     \sectionformat\subsubsection{
%              mark=\marksthe{subsubsection}{##1}\marksthecs{subsubsectionanchor}{lastsubsubsectionanchor}}
%     \hfuzz=10pt
%     \section{Implementation} \label{sec:implementation}}
%
% \let\plainllap\llap
% \newrobustcmd\macro@llap[1]{\global\let\llap\plainllap\setbox0\hbox{#1}^^A
%  \ifdim\wd0>3cm\hbox to\z@{\hss\hbox to3cm{#1\hss}}^^A
%        \edef\@tempa{\the\everypar\hskip\dimexpr\the\wd0-3cm\relax\global\everypar{}}%
%            \global\everypar\expandafter{\@tempa}^^A
%  \else\hbox to\z@{\hss#1}\fi
%  \setbox\z@\box\voidb@x}
% \pretocmd\macro{\MacrocodeTopsep=\z@skip\MacroTopsep\z@skip\let\llap\macro@llap\parsep=\z@\topsep=\z@\itemsep=\z@\partopsep\z@}{}{}
% \apptocmd\endmacro{\goodbreak\vskip.3\parskip}{}{}
%
% \newcommand\reflinkcolor{\color{reflink}}\definecolor{reflink}{rgb}{0.49,0.00,0.00}
% \definecolor{reffilecolor}{rgb}{0,.3,0}
% \newrobustcmd*\xspaceverb{\ifnum\catcode`\ =\active\relax\else\expandafter\xspace\fi}^^A not \xspace in verbatim
% \let\Xspace \xspaceverb
% \newrobustcmd*\stform{\@ifnextchar*{\@stform[]\textasteriskcentered\@gobble}\@stform}
% \newrobustcmd*\@stform[2][\string]{\textttbf{\rred#1#2}\Xspace}
% \newrobustcmd*\HR[1][-.2ex]{\leavevmode\raise\dimexpr#1\relax\hbox{\pkgcolor\small\HandRight}}
% \newrobustcmd*\sectitle[2][]{Interface \HR\,\doclink[{#1}]{#2}}
% \def\Section[#1](#2)[#3]#4{%
%     \expandafter\providecommand\csname itf@section@#1\endcsname{({#2})[{#3}]{#4}}^^A
%     \section({#2})[{#3}]{\hyperdef{sec}{#1}{#4}}^^A
%     \label{#1}\label{interfaces-#1}^^A
% }
% \newrobustcmd*\Subsection[1][]{\ifcsundef{itf@section@#1}
%     {\errmessage{cle de section #1 non definie!}}
%     {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\subsection\csname itf@section@#1\endcsname}%
% }
% \sectionformat\section{%
%  font=\Large\bfseries,
%  label=\llap{\arabic{section}},
%  labelsep=.5em,
%  top=12pt minus3pt,
%  bottom=4pt plus2pt minus2pt,
%  mark=\marksthe{section}{\thesection\,{\pkgcolor\lower.2ex\hbox{\smaller\NibRight}\,#1}}
%       \marksthecs{sectionanchor}{lastsectionanchor} ,
%  }
% \sectionformat\subsection{%
%  bottom-=4pt,
%  top = 4pt plus1pt minus2pt,
%  label={\arabic{section}{\pkgcolor$\cdot$}\arabic{subsection}\,{\pkgcolor\smaller\Ankh}\,},
%  labelsep=0pt,
%  break=\allowbreak,
%  mark=\marksthe{subsection}{#1}\marksthecs{subsectionanchor}{lastsubsectionanchor},
% }
% \newrobustcmd*\handler{\@ifstar{\@handler[]}\@handler}
% \newrobustcmd*\@handler[1][\db]{\@@handler{#1}}
% \def\@@handler#1/.#2/{{\leavevmode\ttfamily#1{/$\!\!$.#2}}}
% \makeatother
% ^^A----------------------------------------------------------------------------
% \deffootnote{1em}{0pt}{\rlap{\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}}\kern1em}
% \title{\vspace*{-36pt}\href{http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/interfaces.html}{\HUGE\textbf\thispackage}}
% \author{\small\thisdate~--~version \hyperref[v\thisversion]\thisVersion~--~\xpackage{pgf} v2.1 / \xpackage{pgf} v2.0 compatible}
% \date{}
% \subtitle{\LARGE\thisinfo\endgraf{\small\FC}}
% \maketitle
%
% {\makeatletter\let\@thefnmark\@empty\let\@makefntext\@firstofone
% \footnotetext{\noindent
% This documentation is produced with the \textt{DocStrip} utility.\par
% \begin{tabu}{X[-3]X[-1]X}
% \smex To get the package,                   &run:          &\texttt{etex \thisfile.dtx}                  \\
% \smex To get the documentation              &run (thrice): &\textt{pdflatex \thisfile.dtx}               \\
% \leavevmode\hphantom\smex To get the index, &run:          &\texttt{makeindex -s gind.ist \thisfile.idx}
% \end{tabu}§
% The \xext{dtx} file is embedded into this pdf file thank to \xpackage{embedfile} by H. Oberdiek.}
% }
%
% \deffootnote{1em}{0pt}{\rlap{\thefootnotemark.}\kern1em}
% \vspace*{-26pt}
% \begin{abstract}\parindent0pt\parskip\medskipamount\leftskip0cm\rightskip\leftskip\lastlinefit0\noindent
% \thispackage provides a small number of user friendly macros to access features implemented in frequently used packages.
% Most of the macros are based on \xpackage{pgfkeys}, hence the ``\textt{key=value}'' syntax.
%
% \thispackage is mainly based on \xpackage{pgfkeys}\footnote{\noindent\xpackage{pgfkeys}:
% \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/generic/pgf/utilities}%
%      {\nolinkurl{CTAN:graphics/pgf/base/generic/pgf/utilities}}}
% and \xpackage{scrlfile} for its different modules are loaded \cs{AfterPackage}. \eTeX{} is required of course...
% Each interface is actually made as a separate module, which is loaded automatically after its \emph{master package}.
% Adding \usepackage*{interfaces} into your document preamble will make all modules active
% (\ie they will be loaded or not, depending on your document preamble).
% If you prefer not to use all modules, you can load them separately as a package, for example, type:
% \usepackage*{interfaces-titlesec} \textitbf{after} \usepackage{titlesec}.
% A better way is to add \usepackage*{interfaces-base} to your preamble, and then:\, \LoadInterface{titlesec,tocloft}\,
% indifferently before or after \usepackage{titlesec,tocloft}. Another possibility to restrict the modules
% is to give them as options for the main package:
% \cs[\lk]{usepackage}\M*[\xpackage{titlesec,tocloft}]\M*{{\pkgcolor interfaces}}.
%
% \thispackage[interfaces-base] is a mandatory ``module''. It loads \thispackage[interfaces-scrlfile],\,
% \thispackage[interfaces-etoolbox]\footnote{All macros in \thispackage[interfaces-etoolbox] are defined
% with \cs{providecommand} except \cs[\red]{removefromstart} which is used by \csref[\red]{repeatcell}.}\,
% and\, \thispackage[interfaces-pgfkeys]: those are the \emph{system-layer} of \thispackage.
%
% \end{abstract}
%
% \medskip
% \centerline{\lk
% \tikz\draw [decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(5,0);
% \quad \textbf{Example} \quad
% \tikz\draw [cm={-1,0,0,0,(0,0)},anchor=east,decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(5,0);
% }
% {\scriptsize \def\com#1{{\dg\% #1}}
% \def\csred#1{\hyperref{}{declcs}{#1}{\cs[\red]{#1}}}
% \def\csblue#1{\hyperref{}{declcs}{#1}{\cs[\db]{#1}}}
% \begin{SaveVerbatim}[gobble=1,commandchars=$()]{FirstCol}
% $csred(pagesetup)[document]{%
%    rules=.5pt,
%    foot/left/odd=\arabic{page},
%    foot/right/even=\arabic{page}/\pageref{LastPage},
%    head/font=\color[gray]{.85}\bfseries\small,
%    head/left/even=\leftmark,
%    head/left=$csblue(thefirstmarks){MiniSection},$com(interfaces-marks)
%  }
% $csred(pagesetup)[plain]{$com(for chapters...)
%    pagestyle=document,$com(preloaded settings)
%    head=,
%    foot/left/odd = \roman{page},
%    norules, head/rule=.4pt
%    head/center=This is the title,
% }
% $csred(sectionformat)\section[hang]{
%    label=\arabic{section},
%    labelsep=,
%    font=\bfseries\Large,
%    bookmark={bold,color=blue},$com(interfaces-bookmark)
%    top=6pt plus3pt minus2pt,
%    bottom=3pt plus2pt,
%    break=\marksthecs{section}{($db(lastsectiontoc))},$com(interfaces-hypbmsec)
%    mark=$csblue(marksthe){section}{#1},$com(interfaces-marks)
%  }
% $csred(sectionformat)\subsection[hang]{
%    label=, labelsep=,
%    font=\bfseries,
%    bookmark=italic,
%    top$stform*=1.2,$com(a 120$% scaling)
%    bottom$stform+=0pt plus4pt,$com(add to previous value)
%    mark=\markright{#1},
% }
% \end{SaveVerbatim}
% \begin{SaveVerbatim}[gobble=1,commandchars=$()]{SecondCol}
% $csred(sectionformat)\MiniSection{$com(new sectionning command)
%    class=straight[\subparagraph],
%    shape=block,
%    label=,
%    top=3pt plus2pt, bottom=1pt,
%    font=\bfseries\sffamily,
%    bookmark=off,$com(or false or none)
%    break=\allowbreak,
%    mark=$csblue(marksthe){MiniSection}{#1},$com(see interfaces-marks)
% }
% $csred(bottomtitles)=.2\textheight
% $csred(tocsetup){
%    depth=3, title=Contents, pagenumbers=on,
%    pagestyle=plain,$com(first page style: tocloftpagestyle)
%    title/top=1.5ex plus.5ex,
%    title/bottom=0pt,
%    section/indent=1em,
%    section/number/width=1.5em,
%    section/font$stform+=\larger\bfseries,$com(append to previous setting)
%    section/leaders,section/dotsep,
%    subsection/indent=2em,
%    subsection/number/width=2.5em,
%            subsubsection/font=\scriptsize,
%        subsection/leaders,subsection/dotsep,$com(default values)
%    subsubsection/pagenumbers=off,$com(no page numbers)
%    subsubsection/dotsep=,$com(no leader)
%    columns=2,$com(same as twocolumns)
%    columns/sep=.5em,
%    columns/rule/width=1pt,columns/rule/color=blue,
%    label=toc,$com(gives a label to the t.o.c.)
%    bookmark={text=Contents,bold},$com(interfaces-bookmark)
% }
% \tableofcontents
%
% \mainmatter \pagestyle{document}
% \end{SaveVerbatim}
% \begin{multicols}{2}
%  \UseVerbatim{FirstCol}
%  \columnbreak
%  \UseVerbatim{SecondCol}
% \end{multicols}
% }
% \clearpage
%
% \tocsetup{
%    title=\leavevmode{\pkgcolor\leaders\hrule height3.4pt depth-3pt\hfill}\quad Contents\quad {\pkgcolor\leaders\hrule height3.4pt depth-3pt\hfill\null},
%    title/bottom=3pt,
%    before=\enlargethispage\baselineskip,
%    depth=3,
%    section/skip=3pt plus2pt minus3pt,
%    subsection/skip=-1pt,
%    subsection/font+=\smaller,
%    subsubsection/font=\scriptsize\normalcolor,
%    subsubsection/top=-3pt,
%    subsubsection/dotsep=,subsubsection/pagenumbers=off,
%    section/leaders,section/dotsep,
%    twocolumns,
%    columns/rule/color=pkgcolor,columns/rule=.4pt,
%    after=\leavevmode{\pkgcolor\hrule height3.4pt depth-3pt\relax},
%    bookmark=bold,%
%    bookmark/text=Contents,%
% }
% \tableofcontents
%
% \clearpage \bookmarksetup{startatroot,depth=3}
% \sectionformat\section{bookmark={color=pkgcolor,bold}}
%
% \Section[LaTeX](Interface LaTeX)[Interface \LaTeX{}]{Interface \LaTeX{}}
%
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{changefont}\{\staractive\hskip-2cm\keytab{^^A
%     encoding\OR enc    & changes \cs{fontencoding} \\
%     family\OR fam      & changes \cs{fontfamily} \\
%     series\OR ser      & changes \cs{fontseries} \\
%     shape\OR sha       & changes \cs{fontshape} \\
%     size\OR size*\OR size\stform+\OR size\stform-  & changes the font size  (default unit is \textt{pt})\\
%     baselineskip\OR baselineskip*\stform+\stform-\OR skip & changes the \cs{baselineskip} for the font \\
%     linespread\OR linespread*\stform+\stform-\OR spread  & changes the line spread (a real value) \kern4cm \} }
% \end{declcs}
%
% Example: adds 5\textt{pt} to the font size (\textt{pt} is added if not specified) and scale the \textt{linespread} by \textt{130\%}:
%
% \cs[\red]{changefont}\M*{ {\opt size}\stform+$=5$,spread\stform*$=1.3$} \quad (\cs{selectfont} is included in the macro).
%
% If a key is not specified, the current value remains.
%
% {\small Finally, \cs{changefont} is compatible with \xpackage{hyperref} thank to \cs{pdfstringdefDisableCommands}.}
%
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{quickprofile} \meta{number} \M{ code }
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{quickprofile} is a quick profiler macro: \M{code} is expanded \meta{number} times
% inside a \cs{vbox}.
%
%
% The macro requires \hologo{pdfTeX} and the \cs\pdfelapsedtime primitive.
%
%
%
% \ClearPage
% \Section[TikZ](Interface TikZ)[Interface TikZ]{Interface TikZ \raise.1ex\hbox{\smaller(\HR\doclink[\LocalOrCTAN{\LOCALDOC/../generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf}{\CTANbaseurl/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf}]{\mdseries pgfmanual})}}
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{usetikz}
%     \{\begin{tabu}[t]{Ol}
%        basic                        &loads \texttt{tikz} with libraries \textt{calc}, \textt{arrows}, \textt{scopes} and \textt{backgrounds} \\
%        all                          &loads \texttt{tikz} with all packages, pgf-modules and TikZ-libraries                            \\
%        {\normalcolor any other key} &\makecell[tl]{loads \texttt{tikz} and the specified package, module or library \\
%                                                     using \cs{usepackage}, \cs{usepgfmodule} or \cs{usetizlibrary} \kern2cm\}}
%       \end{tabu}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs[\red]{usetikz} is a facility provided to load \xpackage{pgf}, \xpackage{tikz}, \xpackage{pgf}-modules, and \xpackage{tikz}-libraries,
% without the need to know if you must use\, \cs{usepackage}\, or\, \cs{usepgfmodule}\, or\, \cs{usetikzlibrary}.
%
% Keys \textt{shorten>} and \textt{shorten<} have been set as aliases to \textt{shorten >} and \textt{shorten <} (original with space)
% and keys \textt{shorten<>} and \textt{shorten <>} have been set to style \textt{shorten >} and \textt{shorten <}.
%
%
% \cs[\red]{usetikz} does not parse options. If you are used to load \xpackage{pgf} with option (f.ex. \textt{version=0.96}),
% please use the syntax:
% \begin{Verb*}
%   ($db(\PassOptionsToPackage)){version=0.96}{pgf}
% \end{Verb*}
% \bigskip
%
% \centerline{\bfseries\large\lk
% \tikz\draw [decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% \quad \textsc{\bfseries Memo} \quad
% \tikz\draw [cm={-1,0,0,0,(0,0)},anchor=east,decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% }
% {\footnotesize\arrayrulewidth=.8pt
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{>{\columncolor{AliceBlue}}X|[on2pt off1pt]>{\columncolor{LemonChiffon}}X|[on2pt off1pt]*{2}{>{\columncolor{AntiqueWhite}}X}}\firsthline
% \rowfont[c]{\bfseries\sffamily}\bottopstrut
% TikZ/pgf package &pgfmodules &\multicolumn2c{\cellcolor{AntiqueWhite} TikZ libraries} \\ \hline
% pgf                      &matrix             &arrows                                      &decorations.pathreplacing \\
% pgfmath                  &plot               &chains                                      &decorations.shapes        \\
% pgfcalendar              &                   &er                                          &decorations.text          \\
% pgfplots                 &                   &scopes                                      &decorations.markings      \\
% pgfpages                 &                   &snakes                                      &decorations.fractals      \\
% tikz                     &                   &shapes                                      &decorations.footprints    \\
%                          &                   &shapes.misc                                 &positioning,trees         \\
%                          &                   &shapes.geometric                            &automata                  \\
%                          &                   &shapes.arrows                               &patterns                  \\
%                          &                   &shapes.multipart                            &fadings                   \\
%                          &                   &shapes.callouts                             &shadows                   \\
%                          &                   &shapes.symbols                              &through                   \\
%                          &                   &shapes.gates.logic.US                       &backgrounds               \\
%                          &                   &shapes.gates.logic.IEC                      &petri                     \\
%                          &                   &decorations                                 &fit                       \\
%                          &                   &decorations.pathmorphing                    &mindmap                   \\
%                          &                   &                                            &folding                   \\
%                          &                   &                                            &plothandlers              \\
%                          &                   &                                            &plotmarks                 \\
%                          &                   &                                            &calc                      \\
%                          &                   &                                            &matrix                    \\
%                          \hline
% \end{tabu}}
%
% ^^A{\scriptsize\raggedleft sorry for the blank cell, but I didn't get out with \xpackage{colortbl} and the \cs{multicolumn} entry...\par}
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{papergraduate}\M*[options] \qquad displays a graduated paper on the whole page background, \, \\
%  \qquad or inside a \textt{pgfpicture} : \\
% \cs[\red]{papergraduate}
%     [\begin{tabu}[t]{ol}
%        x  & unit for x axis (default is \textt{1cm}), \\
%        y  & unit for y axis (default is \textt{1cm}), \\
%        unit & sets both \textt x and \textt y, \\
%        xcolor & color for horizontal graduations (default is \textt{magenta}), \\
%        ycolor & color for vertical graduations (default is \textt{cyan})  \\
%        color & sets both \textt{xcolor} and \textt{ycolor} \\
%        xrule & \textt{true} (default) or \textt{false}: displays the horizontal rule or not, \\
%        yrule & \textt{true} (default) or \textt{false}: displays the vertical rule or not, \\
%        xrule/font [\stform+,\stform*] & font for the labels on the horizontal rule \\
%        yrule/font [\stform+,\stform*] & font for the labels on the vertical rule \\
%        norule & don't display the rules \\
%        opacity & opacity for the graduations  (default $=.25$)\\
%        text opacity & opacity for the rules labels (default =$.8$) \kern2cm]
%     \end{tabu} \\
%     \hphantom{\cs{papergraduate}}\quad \M*(coordinate) \qquad \M*(coordinate);
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{papergraduate} is close to \xpackage{TikZ} \textt{grid} path and displays a real graduated paper.
%
% When used \emph{outside} of a \textt{pgfpicture}, \cs{papergraduate} alone draws a graduated paper
% as a wallpaper on the current page background (on this page with  $x=1 in$  and  $y=1 in$).
%
% The code is fast because based on \TeX{} primitive \cs{leaders} (faster than \textt{grid}).
%
% Examples: \papergraduate [x=1in,y=1in,xcolor=Fuchsia,ycolor=Chartreuse]
%
% \begin{multicols}{2}
% \begin{Verb}[commandchars=$<>]
%  \tikz{
%        \coordinate (A) at (0,0);
%        \papergraduate [opacity=.9]
%            (A)    ++ (8cm,3.5cm); }
%
%  $smaller or  \papergraduate (A) to ++ (8cm,3.5cm);
%  $smaller or  \papergraduate (A) -- ++ (8cm,3.5cm);
% \end{Verb}
% \columnbreak
%  \tikz{
%  \coordinate (A) at (0,0);
%  \papergraduate [opacity=.9,text opacity=1]  (A)  ++ (8cm,3.5cm); }
% \end{multicols}
%
%
%
%
%
%
% \clearpage
% \sectionformat\section{bookmark={color=db,bold}}
% \Section[titlesec]({\cs{sectionformat} (titlesec)})[{Interface titlesec: \cs[\red]{sectionformat}}]{\sectitle{titlesec}: \cs[\mdseries\red]{sectionformat}}
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{sectionformat}\M*{\cs{section}} \{ \hskip-2em
%       \begin{tabu}[t]{OOOOO}
%        class       &\multicolumn{4}{l}{\textt{page}\OR\textt{top}\OR\textt{straight} \M*[\cs{sup-level}]} \\
%        shape       &\multicolumn{4}{l}{\makecell[tl]{%
%                                \textt{hang}\OR\textt{block}\OR\textt{display}\OR\textt{runin}\OR\textt{leftmargin}\OR\textt{rightmargin}\OR \\
%                                \textt{drop}\OR\textt{wrap}\OR\textt{frame}\OR\textt{runinifempty}}}                                         \\
%        font\OR format &label                                                             &labelsep\OR sep \\
%        left           &right                                                             &top             &bottom               \\
%        before         &after                                                             &\omit & \omit \\
%        mark           &break    &thesection  &\omit \rlap{\hfill\}} \\
%       \end{tabu}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \newrobustcmd\key[2][\keydefault]{\textt[{#1}]{#2}} \let\keydefault\opt
%
% \cs[\red]{sectionformat} is a \xpackage{pgfkeys}-command for replacement of both \cs{titleformat} and \cs{titlespacing}.
% \textbf{If a key is not given, its value remains the same} while with \cs{titleformat} or \cs{titlespacing}, you must
% specify all values in a rigid order... Moreover, \cs[\red]{sectionformat} can be used concurrently
% with \cs{titleformat} and \cs{titlespacing} (although \cs{sectionformat} is deemed more comfortable, this
% allows to quickly modify some files written without \thispackage.)
%
% Keys corresponding to \TeX{} code (\key{font}, \key{before} or \key{after}) are associated with starred keys and \stform+ keys:
% they append their content to the previous value. Ex: \key{font}\stform+$=$\M*{\cs{larger}} adds \cs{larger} to the previous settings.
%
% For dimensions or skips, the \stform+ key adds, the \stform- key substract and the \stform* key scales.
%
%
% \medskip
%
% \let\keydefault\db
% \def\EQUIV{{\normalcolor$\mathbf\equiv$}}
%
% \centerline{\bfseries\large\lk
% \tikz\draw [decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% \quad \textsc{\bfseries Memo} \quad
% \tikz\draw [cm={-1,0,0,0,(0,0)},anchor=east,decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% }
% {\small
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{>{\ttfamily\opt}ll>{\smaller}X}\hline
%   class               &name of the class             &\key{page}=like standard \cs{part}\par\key{top}=like standard \cs{chapter}\par\key{straight}=like standard \cs{section} etc.\par example:\cs[\red]{sectionformat}\cs{subchapter}\M*{\ttfamily{\opt class}=straight[\cs{chapter}]}                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         \\
%   shape               &shape                         &\key{hang}=hanging label (like \cs{section})\par\key{block}=paragraph without formatting (for centered titles)\par\key{display}=like standard \cs{chapter}\par\key{runin}=like standard \cs{paragraph}\par\key{leftmargin}=left margin\par\key{rightmargin}=right margin\par\key{drop}=wraps the text around the title \textsmaller{(the first paragraph should be longer than the title, otherwise, they overlap)}\par\key{wrap}=like \key{drop} but the space reserved for the title is variable\par\key{frame}=like \key{display}+puts the title in frame\par\key{runinifempty}=\key{hang} but no label if the title is empty\par \\
%   font\EQUIV format   &format for title              &applied to the label and the title                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   \\
%   label               &title label                   &ex: \cs{arabic}\{section\}                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           \\
%   sep \EQUIV labelsep &space between label and title &                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     \\
%   left                &left margin                   &a glue: horizontal space before                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      \\
%   right               &right margin                  &a glue: horizontal space after                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       \\
%   top                 &vertical space before         &a glue: vertical space before                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        \\
%   bottom              &vertical space after          &a glue: vertical space after                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         \\
%   mark                &macro with 1 parameter        &ex \cs{sectionmark}: redefines \cs{...mark}\#1{...} (the argument is the title) \\
%   break               &parameterless macro           &ex \cs{sectionbreak} to be executed just before the section command                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  \\
%   thesection          &\textt{toc} and \textt{ref} labels&redefines \cs{thesection} \endgraf \cs{thesection}, \cs{thesubsection} \etc. are used to print references and the label in the table of contents \\
%   before              &code before title body        &                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     \\
%   after               &code after title body         &                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     \\
% \hline
% \end{tabu}
% }
%
%
% If the \xpackage{bookmark} package is loaded, with \thispackage[interfaces-bookmark], the following keys are defined for each section:
%
% {\small
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{>{\ttfamily\opt}ll>{\smaller}X}\hline
%   bookmark/bold   &bold bookmark text    &the text of the bookmark for that sectionning command will be \textbf{bold}                                            \\
%   bookmark/italic &italic bookmark text  &the text of the bookmark for that sectionning command will be in \textit{italic}                                       \\
%   bookmark/color  &colored bookmark text &the text of the bookmark for that sectionning command will be {\opt colorized}                                         \\
%   bookmark/off    &disable the bookmark  &no bookmark for that sectionning command {\small alternatively you may set \texttt{bookmark/level} to a huge value...} \\
%   bookmark/style  &use a \emph{style}    &the \emph{style} must be previouly declared with \cs{bookmarkdefinestyle}                                              \\
%   bookmark/level  &level of the bookmark &defines \cs{toclevel@\meta{sectionname}}, see \xpackage{bookmark} documentation                                        \\
% \hline
% \end{tabu}
% }
%
% The syntax: \cs[\red]{sectionformat}\cs[\rred]{subsection}\M*{{\opt bookmark}=\M*{bold,italic,color=green,on,view=FitB}} also works.
%
% {\smex\small\itshape Key \textt{bookmark} is an example of a key defined with the handler \handler/.is multiple choice/\,}.
%
%
%
% The starred keys \textt[\opt]{bold}\stform*, \textt[\opt]{italic}\stform*, \textt[\opt]{color}\stform*
% and \textt[\opt]{off}\stform* are also provided.
% For example:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \sectionformat\section{
%        after=\sectionformat\subsection{($opt(bookmark/color))$stform*=red}
%     }
% \end{Verb*}
% makes the bookmarks corresponding to the first subsection in each section to be \textcolor{red}{red}.
% If you acertain that there is no bookmark between the one corresponding to the section and the one corresponding
% to its first subsection, then this is the same as: ``\textt{after=\cs{bookmarksetup}\M*{{\opt color\stform*}=red}}''.
%
% \bigskip
%
% \centerline{\bfseries\large\lk
% \tikz\draw [decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% \quad \textsc{\bfseries Example} \quad
% \tikz\draw [cm={-1,0,0,0,(0,0)},anchor=east,decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% }
% {\vspace*{-10pt}\small
% \begin{Verb*}[frame=lines]
%     ($red(\sectionformat\section))[$texttbf(hang)]{%      ($nnn this is the same as:)   shape = hang
%               ($opt(font))=\bfseries\scshape,
%              ($opt(label))=\Roman{chapter}\ \textbullet\ \arabic{section},
%           ($opt(labelsep))=\widthof{\textbullet},
%             ($opt(bottom))=1ex plus.4ex minus.2ex,
%               ($opt(top$stform+))=3pt,
%               ($opt(mark))=\markright{$#1},% ($nnn=> this defines ) \def\sectionmark#1{\markright{#1}}
%              ($opt(break))=\goodbreak,    % ($nnn=> this defines ) \def\sectionbreak{\goodbreak}
%         ($opt(thesection))=\Roman{chapter}.\arabic{section},   %($nnn redefines ) \def\thesection{...}
%           ($opt(bookmark))={bold,color=blue}                 }
% \end{Verb*}
% }
% {\small
% \xpackage{titlesec} provides \emph{extended settings} for numberless (\ie starred) sections with the syntax:
% \begin{Verb*}
%  \titleformat{name=\section,numberless}{...}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% One swallow does not a summer make, \thispackage[interfaces-titlesec] does not provides this feature in a \textt{key=value} stuff
% but just type:
% \begin{Verb*}
%   ($red(\sectionformat))\section$stform*{ key=value }
% \end{Verb*}
% to give to your\, \cs{section}\stform*\, command a special format. Keys \textt[\opt]{label} and \textt[\opt]{labelsep} are not ignored,
% this means that\, \cs{section}\stform*\, can be defined in a way it produces a numbered section! Albeit, this would be weird
% because the \meta{section} counter is not updated for starred sections...
% }
%
%
% Presently, \cs[\red]{sectionformat} does not implement the \emph{extended settings} of \xpackage{titlesec}
% for \textt{odd} and \textt{even} pages.
%
% However, it is always possible to use \cs{sectionformat} concurrently with \cs{titleformat} and \cs{titlespacing}.
% A better way to use different settings for odd and even pages is the use of \cs{ifthispageodd}
% from the \KOMAScript\ classes, or the features provided by \xpackage{changepage.sty}, which is almost the same:
% actually \xpackage{titlesec} test oddity of the \texttbf{page} counter (\ie \TeX{} \cs{count} register nr \textt 0)
% while oddity of \cs{pageref} should be tested... Hence the decision I came not to implement different settings for
% \textt{odd} and \textt{even} pages in \cs{sectionformat}.
%
% \ClearPage
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{bottomtitles}\M{glue\OR percentage of \cs{textheight}}
% \end{declcs}
%
% This globally sets the value of \cs{bottomtitlespace} (see \doclink{titlesec} documentation):
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \bottomtitles{.2}             ($nnn sets $cs(bottomtitlespace) to) .2\textheight
%     \bottomtitles=.2\textheight   ($nnn is the same)
% \end{Verb*}
%
% You can globally set a negativ value: \cs{bottomtitles}$\,=-1$ to allow bottom titles.
%
% \ClearPage*
%
% \Section[hyperref](Interface hyperref)[Interface hyperref]{\sectitle[\LocalOrCTAN{\LOCALDOC/hyperref/manual.pdf}{\CTANbaseurl/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf}]{hyperref}}
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{raisedhyperdef}\M[raised dimen]\M{category}\M{name}\M{text}
% \end{declcs}
%
% Package \xpackage{hyperref} provides \cs{hyperdef} and \cs{Hy@raisedlink} but no easy way to insert a ``raised link''
% with \cs{hyperdef} (or \cs{hypertarget}).
%
% \cs[\red]{raisedhyperdef} can be used exactly like \cs{hyperdef}, but the \textt{pdf}-anchor will be raised of the
% specified dimension.
%
% \ClearPage
%
% \Section[bookmark](Interface bookmark)[Interface bookmark]{\sectitle[\LocalOrCTAN{\LOCALDOC/oberdiek/bookmark}{\CTANbaseurl/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark}]{bookmark}}
%
% A few new keys appear with \thispackage for the command \cs{bookmarksetup}:
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{bookmarksetup}
% \{\begin{tabu}[t]{Ol}
%     bold\stform*     & will make the bookmark text bold, but only for the very next bookmark       \\
%     italic\stform*   & \emph{idem} for italic                                                             \\
%     color\stform*    & \emph{idem} for color: the previous color will be restored after the next bookmark \\
%     disable          & will disable the bookmarks (the same as \cs{bookmarksetup}\M*{depth=-2})    \\
%     disable\stform*  & will disable only the very next bookmark               \hfill\rlap\}
% \end{tabu}
% \end{declcs}
%
% Furthermore the following code:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     ($red(\sectionformat))\section{($opt(bookmark))={bold,color=blue}}
%     ($red(\bookmarksetup)){($opt(color$stform*))=red}
%     \section{A lovely red, bold bookmark here!}
%     \section{And the following bookmark is blue and bold}
% \end{Verb*}
% will produce a bookmark with attributes: \textt{color=red,bold=true}. In other words, the starred keys of \cs{bookmarksetup}
% overwrite the ``default'' settings of \cs{sectionformat} for the very next bookmark.
%
% {\smaller\itshape Note that this code requires \xpackage{titlesec}, \xpackage{bookmark},
% \thispackage[interfaces-titlesec] and \thispackage[interfaces-bookmark].\par}
%
% Three new keys are added to the \cs{bookmark} command:
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{bookmark}\{\keytab{%
%     pageref & the destination of the bookmark is the page referenced \\
%     ref     & the destination of the bookmark is the anchor associated to the reference  \\
%     atend   & the bookmark will be inserted at the end of the document \hfill\rlap\} }
% \end{declcs}
%
% I admit those keys will not be used very often... but imagine you want to put a bookmark at the end,
% which points to the table of contents, then:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%     ($db(\bookmark))[($opt(ref))=TableOfContents,($opt(atend))]{Back To Contents}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% Provided that the label \textt{TableOfContents} has been defined, for example with \csref{tocsetup},
% if \xpackage{tocloft} and \thispackage[interfaces-tocloft] are loaded:
% \begin{Verb*}
%    ($dr(\tocsetup)){label=TableOfContents}    ($db(\tableofcontents))
% \end{Verb*}
%
% The \textt[\opt]{atend} key requires of course that the package \xpackage{bookmark} was loaded
% with the \texttbf{[atend]} option (otherwise, \xfile{bookmark.sty} gives a warning).
%
%
% \ClearPage*
%
% \Section[hypbmsec](Interface hypbmsec)[Interface hypbmsec]{\sectitle[\LocalOrCTAN{\LOCALDOC/oberdiek/hypbmsec}{\CTANbaseurl/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypbmsec}]{hypbmsec}}
%
% The features provided by \thispackage[interfaces-hypbmsec] are now independant
% of \xpackage{titlesec} and \thispackage[interfaces-titlesec].
%
% Package \xpackage{hypbmsec} provides extended sectionning commands with the syntax:
% \begin{Verb*}
%    \section$string(out$string)[toc]{title}     ($nnn or)    \section[toc]$string(out$string){title}
% \end{Verb*}
% Where:
% \begin{tabu}{>{\ttfamily}rl}
%     \M*(out)   &is used for the bookmark (outline)           \\
%     \M*[toc]   &for tha table and contents and the marks     \\
%     \M*{title} &to typeset the section title in the document
% \end{tabu}
%
%
% Internally, \xpackage{hypbmsec} defines \cs{hbs@bmstring} (the string used for the bookmark entry) and
% \cs{hbs@tocstring} (the string used for the table of contents and the marks).
%
% \thispackage takes advantage of this and defines:
% \begin{Verb*}
%  ($opt\lastsectiontitle)       ($nnn  expands to the title of the last) \section
%  ($opt\lastsectionbookmark)    ($nnn  expands to the text of the bookmark for the last) \section
%  ($opt\lastsectiontoc)         ($nnn  expands to the entry of the last) \section ($nnn in the table of contents)
%  ($opt\lastsectionanchor)      ($nnn  expands to the anchor name of the last) \section ($nnn if $xpackage(hyperref) is used)
% \end{Verb*}
%
% Macros for each sectionning command are defined:§
% \begin{tabu}{XXX}
% \cs[\opt]{lastparttitle}      &\cs[\opt]{lastchaptertitle}      &                                  \\
% \cs[\opt]{lastsectiontitle}   &\cs[\opt]{lastsubsectiontitle}   &\cs[\opt]{lastsubsubsectiontitle} \\
% \cs[\opt]{lastparagraphtitle} &\cs[\opt]{lastsubparagraphtitle} &                                  \\
% \end{tabu}
% with their \textt[\opt]{\textellipsis bookmark} and \textt[\opt]{\textellipsis toc} counterparts.
%
% Assignation to those macros is automatic. More precisely, \cs{lastsectiontitle} is defined {\bfseries after \cs{sectionbreak}}
% and {\bfseries before \cs{sectionmark}}: this means that in the fields \textt[\opt]{after} or \textt[\opt]{mark} of \csref{sectionformat},
% \cs{lastsectiontitle} has been updated yet. While in the fields \textt[\opt]{before}, and \textt[\opt]{break}, \cs{lastsectiontitle} is
% not yet updated. {\smaller(For chapters, this is the same if \xpackage{titlesec} formats the chapter
% titles, \ie if \cs{sectionformat}\cs{chapter} or \cs{titleformat}\cs{chapter} has been invoked. Otherwise,
% \cs{lastchaptertitle}, \cs{lastchapterbookmark} and \cs{lastchaptertoc} are set at \cs{stepcounter}\M*{chapter}.)}.
%
% Values are automatically reset to \csbf{relax} when a section of a superior level is created.
%
% This feature has been implemented essentially to make the use of a \cs{mark} command at \cs{sectionbreak} easier.
% Mark at \cs{sectionbreak} is important to get the correct behaviour for marks described in \thispackage[interfaces-marks]
% (page \pageref{marks} under \csref{ifmarksequal}). With this feature, when a new \cs{section} is created,
% \cs{lastsubsection} is reset to\, \csbf{relax}\, therefore,\, \cs{marksthecs}\M{subsection}\M{lastsubsection}
% will not mark anything.
%
% Another possibility is shown in this document: the header is clickable and has been defined with:
% \begin{Verb*}
% ($dr(\sectionformat))\section{
%           mark=($db(\marksthe)){section}{#1}
%                ($db(\marksthecs)){sectionanchor}{lastsectionanchor}
% }
% ($dr(\pagesetup)){
%     head/right=($db(\hyperref)){}{}{($db(\thefirstmarks)){sectionanchor}}
%                                    {($db(\thefirstmarks)){section}}
% }
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \ClearPage*
%
%
% \Section[tocloft]({\cs{tocsetup} (tocloft)})[{Interface tocloft: \cs[\red]{tocsetup}}]{\sectitle{tocloft}: \mdseries\cs[\red]{tocsetup}, \cs[\red]{lofsetup}, \cs[\red]{lotsetup} and \cs[\red]{listofsetup}}
%
% Setting the keys overwrites the previous value, unless the \stform+ key (append code/add for dimensions), the \stform- key (substract)
% or the starred-key\stform* (scale dimensions)  is used. \cs[\red]{tocsetup} settings apply to \cs{tableofcontents} and
% also to \cs{shorttableofcontents} (package \xpackage{shorttoc}). \cs[\red]{tocsetup} can be invoked more than once in a document...
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{tocsetup}\{\hskip-2.2cm\staractive
% \makecell[tl]{\small
% \begin{tabu}[t]{oX}
%     depth                                                                    &\cs{setcounter}\M\*{tocdepth} {\smaller This is a \LaTeX{} rather than \xpackage{tocloft}'s ...} \endgraf With \thispackage you can change the t.o.c. depth anywhere inside your document, just like bookmarks depths (two runs are required)  \\
%     title\OR contentsname                                                    &redefines \cs{contentsname}                                                                                                                                                                                  \\
%     title/top\OR title/top\stform+\OR title/top\stform-\OR title/top\stform* &vertical space before the title (set\OR add\OR substract\OR scale)                                                                                                                                           \\
%     title/bottom \OR title/bottom\stform+ \etc                               &vertical space after the title                                                                                                                                                                               \\
%     title/font\OR title/font\stform+\OR title/format                         &the title font (set\OR append code)                                                                                                                                                                          \\
%     title/color\OR title/font/color                                          &the color of the title (may also be defined in the key \textt{title/font}) \\
%     title/after\OR title/after\stform+                                       &hook to execute just after the title   {\smaller(\cs{cftaftertoctitle}...)}                                                                                                                                  \\
%     parskip\OR parskip\stform+\OR parskip\stform-\OR parskip* \OR parsep     &modifies (or add to) \cs{cftparskip}                                                                                                                                                                         \\
%     dotsep                                                                   &modifies \cs{cftdotsep} {\smaller if no dimen is specified, $mu$ is assumed, otherwise, conversion to $mu\simeq 1em/18$ is supplied. Default value is $4.5mu$ and blank value is the same as \cs{cftnodots}} \\
%     dot                                                                      &modifies \cs{cftdot}, the dot used for leaders produced by \cs{cftdotfill}                                                                                                                                   \\
%     pagestyle                                                                &page style for the first page (\cs{tocloftpagestyle})                                                                                                                                                        \\
%     mark                                                                     &the mark command: \cs{cftmarktoc}§ {\small example:  \cs{chaptermark}\cs{contentsname}}                                                                                                                      \\
%     before\OR before*\OR after\OR after*                                     &hooks to execute before or after the command \cs{tableofcontents}                                                                                                                                            \\ \tabucline[on1.5pt off1pt]-
%     twocolumns\OR columns\OR multicol                                        &\textt{twocolumns=true} is the same as \textt{columns=2}\, {\footnotesize Makes a multicolumn table of contents. Package \xpackage{multicol} is required!}                                                   \\
%     columns/sep\OR columns/sep\stform+\OR columnsep   \etc                   &sets (or add) a \meta{dimen} to \cs{columnsep}                                                                                                                                                               \\
%     columns/rule\OR columns/rule\stform+\OR columnseprule \etc               &sets (or add) a \meta{dimen} to \cs{columnseprule}                                                                                                                                                           \\
%     columns/color\OR columnseprulecolor                                      &modifies \cs{columnseprulecolor}                                                                                                                                                                             \\
%     multicolsep\OR multicolsep\stform+ \etc                                  &modifies (or add) a \meta{glue} to \cs{multicolsep}§{\small\cs{multicolsep} is the space added before and after \textt{multicol} environment. \textsmaller{default value: $0pt plus 4pt minus 3pt$.}}         \\
%     multicols/beforebegin                                                    &hook just before \cs{begin}\M*{multicols}  \\
%     multicols/afterbegin\OR multicols/begin                                  &hook just after \cs{begin}\M*{multicols}  ...                                                                                                                                                       \\
%     multicols/beforeend\OR multicols/end\OR multicols/after                  &hook just before \cs{end}\M*{multicols}  ...                                                                                                                                                       \\
%     multicols/afterend                                                       &... and after the group close by \cs{end}\M*{multicols}                                                                                                                                                 \\ \tabucline[on1.5pt off1pt]-
%     label                                                                    &the label for reference to the table of contents                                                                                                                                                             \\
%     ref                                                                      &the reference printed by \cs{ref} when referencing the table of contents {\footnotesize(default is \cs{contentsname}. In any case, \cs{nameref} prints \cs{contentsname}.).}                            \\ \tabucline[on 1.5pt off1pt]-
%     bookmark/text                                                            &the bookmark text for the table of contents {\footnotesize(if empty, no bookmark is set)}                                                                                                                    \\
%     bookmark/bold\OR bookmark/italic\OR bookmark/color                       &the bookmark style for the table of contents                                                                                                                                                                 \\
%     bookmark/level                                                           &the bookmark level: either a number or \textt[\db]{section} or \textt[\db]{chapter}\endgraf{\footnotesize Default is chapter, or section if the class does not provide chapters.} \hfill\rlap\}
% \end{tabu}}
% \end{declcs}§
% \textt[\opt]{bookmark} key and sub-keys are available only if the package \xpackage{bookmark} is loaded with \thispackage[interfaces-bookmark].
%
% The following keys apply to each section levels. Section level names are :
% \texttt{part / chap {\it or} chapter / sec {\it or} section / subsec {\it or} subsection / subsubsec {\it or} subsubsection /
% para {\it or} paragraph / subpara {\it or} subparagraph / fig {\it or} figure / subfig {\it or} subfigure / tab {\it or} table / subtab {\it or} subtable}.§
% \textcolor{LimeGreen}{\smaller\textbf\textparagraph} may be one of those names (see \doclink{tocloft} documentation).
% \enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}\vspace*{-6pt}\nobreak
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{tocsetup}\{\hskip-2.2cm\staractive
% \def\Z{\textcolor{LimeGreen}{\smaller\textbf\textparagraph}\/}%
% \makecell[tl]{\small
% \begin{tabu}[t]{oX}
%  \Z/top\OR \Z/top\stform+\OR \Z/skip\OR \Z/beforeskip            &modifies (or add to) the vertical \meta{glue} before an entry                                                                         \\
%  \Z/indent\OR \Z/indent\stform+\OR\Z/indent\stform-\OR\Z/indent* &modifies (or add \etc) the indentation of the entry                                                                                   \\
%  \Z/font\OR \Z/font\stform+                                      &the font of the \Z\, section title                                                                                                   \\
%  \Z/color\OR \Z/font/color                                       &the color of the \Z\, section title (overwrites \textt{linkcolor} if hyper-linked) \\
%  \Z/number/width\OR number/width\stform+ \etc\OR numwidth        &modifies the space allowed to typeset the title numbers                                                                               \\
%  \Z/number/before\OR number/before\stform+\OR presnum            &code before the section number \textsmaller{(see pseudo code below)}                                                                  \\
%  \Z/number/after\OR number/after\stform+ \OR aftersnum           &code after the section number \textsmaller{(see pseudo code below)}                                                                   \\
%  \Z/title/before\OR title/before\stform+ \OR aftersnumb          &code before the title (\ie after the section number box)                                                                              \\
%  \Z/leader\OR\Z/leaders                                          &modifies the leader: \textsmaller{the default is \cs{cftdotfill}\M*{\cs{cft\Z dotsep}}}                                       \\
%  \Z/dotsep                                                       &the space (in $mu$) between dots in the leader. Default is \cs{cftdotsep} and blank value is the same as \cs{cftnodots} \\
%  \Z/pagefont\OR \Z/page/font\OR \Z/page/number/font              &modifies the font used to typeset the page number                                                                                     \\
%  \Z/page/number/color \OR \Z/page/number/font/color              &the color of the page numbers for this section (overwrites \textt{linkcolor} if the page number if hyper-linked) \\
%  \Z/page/after\OR \Z/pagenumber/after\OR afterpnum               &macro expanded after the page number is typeset     \kern2cm\}                                                                        \\
% \end{tabu}}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \clearpage
%
% \centerline{\bfseries\large\lk
% \tikz\draw [decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% \quad \textsc{\bfseries Memo} \quad
% \tikz\draw [cm={-1,0,0,0,(0,0)},anchor=east,decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% }\par\kern-12pt\vskip1sp
% \begin{Verb*}[frame=lines]
% ($nnn numbered entries are typeset with this pseudo code:)
%     {\cftXfont {\cftXpresnum SNUM\cftXaftersnum\hfil} \cftXaftersnumb TITLE}%
%                          {\cftXleader}{\cftXpagefont PAGE}\cftXafterpnum\par
% ($nnn and for not numbered entries:)
%     {\cftXfont TITLE}{\cftXleader}{\cftXpagefont PAGE}\cftXafterpnum\par
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \cs[\red]{lofsetup} and \cs[\red]{lotsetup} behave the same.
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{listofsetup}\M{list-name}\M{key=value}
% \end{declcs}
%
% This command is provided to setup the parameters of user-defined lists created with \xpackage{tocloft}'s \cs{newlistof} and
% printed with \cs{listofX} (where\, \textt X\, is the name given to the list). The keys are the same as \csref[\red]{tocsetup},
% and the sub-keys correspond to the entries. In fact:
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \cs{tocsetup} is a shortcut for \cs{listofsetup}\M*{toc}
% \item \cs{lofsetup} is a shortcut for \cs{listofsetup}\M*{lof} \, and
% \item \cs{lotsetup} is a shortcut for \cs{listofsetup}\M*{lot}
% \end{itemize}
%
% Example:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \newlistof[section]{answer}{ans}{List of Answers}    $tikzlabel(start)
%     \newlistentry[answer]{subanswer}{ans}{1}             $tikzlabel(stop)
%     ($rred(\listofsetup)){ans}{
%           depth=2,                             % can be changed inside the document body
%           title=List of Answers of the section,% modifies the title
%           title/font=\Huge,
%           answer/font=\Large\bfseries,         % font spec.
%           subanswer/font=\large\itshape,
%           answer/dotsep=3mu,
%           subanswer/dotsep=,                   % no dot
%           subanswer/pagenumbers=off,
%    }
%    \addcontentsline{ans}{answer}{\numberline{1}First answer}
%    \addcontentsline{ans}{subanswer}{\numberline{1.1}First sub-answer}
%    \listofanswer
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \tikz[remember picture,overlay]\path (start) -- (stop) node [midway,right] {\begin{tabu}\}{X[-1]}. preferably in\\ the preamble\end{tabu}};
%
% \clearpage
%
% \Section[fancyhdr]({\cs{pagesetup} (fancyhdr)})[{Interface fancyhdr: \cs[\red]{pagesetup}}]{\sectitle{fancyhdr}: \cs[\mdseries\red]{pagesetup}}
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{pagesetup}\M[pagestyle-name]\{\\ \relax\staractive\smaller \def\etc{\omit\hfill\emph{etc.}\hfill}\def\phant{\hphantom{{=\textellipsis\,\hskip.5em}}}
%  \begin{tabu} to\linewidth[t]{OOO>{\scriptsize}X}
%  \omit\hfill {\opt\ttfamily norule\OR norules}\phant   &\omit                 &\omit          &set \cs{headrulewidth} and \cs{footrulewidth} to 0pt                  \\
%     rule\OR rule/width\[*\stform+\stform-\] &\omit                 &\omit          &set \cs{headrulewidth} and \cs{footrulewidth} to a given value        \\
%     rule/color                              &rule/font             &\omit          &To change the rule font/color                                         \\
%     headrule                                &footrule              &\omit          &redefines \cs{headrule} and \cs{footrule} (no value restores default) \\
%     head/rule/width                         &foot/rule/width       &foot/rule/skip &dimensions                                                            \\
%     head/rule/color                         &foot/rule/color       &\omit          &for head and foot rules separately                                    \\
%     head/rule/font                          &foot/rule/font        &\omit          &\emph{idem}                                                           \\ \tabucline[on1.5pt off1pt]-
%     head                                    &foot                  &\omit          &header and footer (\cs{fancyhead}/\cs{fancyfoot})                     \\
%     left                                    &center                &right          &by position                                                           \\
%     head/left                               &head/center           &head/right     &for one side documents                                                \\
%     foot/left                               &foot/center           &foot/right     &\emph{idem}                                                           \\
%     head/left/even                          &head/left/odd         &\omit          &for two side documents                                                \\
%     \etc                                    &\etc                  &\etc           &                                                                      \\
%     foot/right/even                         &foot/right/odd        &\omit          &                                                                      \\
%     inner                                   &head/inner            &foot/inner     &\textt{inner} is an alias for \textt{right/even, left/odd}             \\
%     outer                                   &head/outer            &foot/outer     &\textt{outer} is an alias for \textt{left/even, right/odd}             \\ \tabucline[on1.5pt off1pt]-
%     offset                                  &\omit                 &\omit          &changes \cs{fancyhfoffset}                                            \\
%     head/offset                             &foot/offset           &\omit          &                                                                      \\
%     left/offset                             &right/offset          &\omit          &                                                                      \\
%     head/left/even/offset                   &head/left/odd/offset  &\omit          &for two side documents                                                \\
%     \etc                                    &\etc                  &\etc           &                                                                      \\
%     foot/right/even/offset                  &foot/right/odd/offset &\omit          &for two side documents                                                \\
%     inner/offset                            &head/inner/offset     &foot/inner/offset&\textt{inner} is an alias for \textt{right/even, left/odd}           \\
%     outer/offset                            &head/outer/offset     &foot/outer/offset&\textt{outer} is an alias for \textt{left/even, right/odd}           \\ \tabucline[on1.5pt off1pt]-
%     pagestyle                               &\omit                 &\omit          &load the settings of another page style             \hfill\rlap{\}}    \\
%    \end{tabu} \\
%   \cs[\red]{pagesetup}\stform*\M[pagestyle-name]\M*{key\,=\,value}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs[\red]{pagesetup} resets all headers and footers, rules etc. and modifies the current (active)
% page style depending on the \textt{key=value} pairs. \cs[\red]{pagesetup}\M[page-style] defines (or redefines)
% a page style, starting from default values. When a key is specified with no value, the default is used (f. ex.
% \textt{head/rule} will be \textt{.4pt} and \textt{foot/rule} will be \textt{0pt}).
%
% \cs[\red]{pagesetup}\stform* does not reset current values: keys that are not specified remains the same.
%
% \cs[\red]{pagesetup}\stform*\M[page-style] defines or redefines \meta{page-style},; the normal form starts
% from scratch, while the starred form \cs{pagesetup}\stform* keeps previous values if they are not overwritten,
% and if the \meta{page-style} exists, of course.
%
% \verb+foot/left/odd+ is the same as \verb+odd/foot/left+ etc. but \texttt{twoside} option is not checked...
% Even pages are ignored in \textt{oneside} documents: this is \LaTeX{}, not \xpackage{fancyhdr} nor \thispackage[interfaces-fancyhdr].
%
% As usual, for dimensions or glues, \stform+, \stform- and \stform* keys are provided for addition, substraction and scaling
% \csuse{@gobble}{(\smaller they are not provided for \textt{offsets} however, for dim reasons..)}. And for code (\textt{font} keys) the
% \stform+ and \stform* keys are provided: both append their content to the previous value.
%
% \clearpage
%
% \Section[marks](Interface marks)[Interface marks]{Interface marks}
%
% \thispackage[interfaces-marks] provides a few macros to make easier the use of \eTeX{} \cs{marks} registers.
% \eTeX{} defines \numprint{32768} marks registers, making the use of them far more comfortable than ``old'' \LaTeX{} \cs{markboth},
% \cs{markright}, \cs{leftmark} and \cs{rightmark}. Who gets the correct -- I mean \emph{expected} -- result
% with such commands ? Not me, I can say !
%
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{marksthe}\M{named-mark}\M{content} \\
% \cs[\red]{marksthecs}\M{named-mark}\M{cs-name}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs[\red]{marksthe}\M{section}\M{content}\, will mark \meta{content} into a mark register referenced by
% the control sequence \cs{marks@\meta{section}}. \textbf{\meta{content}\, is not expanded}\,
% (You can expand before \cs{marksthe} if you need it).
%
% If the mark \cs{marks@\meta{section}} is not defined, then a new mark register is allocated
% (with \xpackage{etex}-\cs{newmarks}).
%
% \cs[\red]{marksthecs}\M{subsubsection}\M{cs-name}\, will similarly mark the unexpanded content of \cs{cs-name}
% by means of the marks register \cs{marks@\meta{subsubsection}}. \meta{cs-name} is really the
% \textitbf{name of the control sequence}, not the control sequence itself. If \cs{cs-name} is undefined or \cs{relax},
% nothing is marked, making \cs{marksthecs} suitable to use with \cs{lastsectiontitle} \etc. at \cs{sectionbreak}
% (see \thispackage[interfaces-hypbmsec] p. \pageref{hypbmsec}).
%
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{thefirstmarks}\M{named-mark}\textsuperscript{\textsc{expandable}} \\
%     \cs[\red]{thebotmarks}\M{named-mark}\textsuperscript{\textsc{expandable}} \\
%     \cs[\red]{thetopmarks}\M{named-mark}\textsuperscript{\textsc{expandable}}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \begin{description}[font=\mdseries]
% \item[{\cs[\red]{thefirstmarks}\M{chapter}}] expands to \cs{firstmarks}\cs{marks@\meta{chapter}}\, (this is expandable
% in exactly one step of expansion), \ie either the content of the first invocation of \cs{marksthe}\M{chapter}
% on the current page, if \cs{marks} was used on the current page, or the last invocation of \cs{marks}
% if no marks occurs on the current page.
% \item[{\cs[\red]{thebotmarks}\M{chapter}}] expands to \cs{botmarks}\cs{marks@\meta{chapter}}\, \ie the content of the last
% invocation of \cs{marksthe}\M{chapter} (the most recent \cs{marks}).
% \item[{\cs[\red]{thetopmarks}\M{chapter}}] expands to \cs{topmarks}\cs{marks@\meta{chapter}}\, and this is the content of
% \cs{botmarks} at the time \TeX{} shipped out the last page.
% \end{description}
%
% If there is no mark or if the mark register does not exist, expansion is null (\ie nothing is done).
%
% {\small
% Those commands can be used in headers and footers, f.ex:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \sectionformat\section{
%        mark=($red(\marksthe)){section}{\arabic{section}\hskip.4em\textendash\hskip.4em#1}}
% \pagesetup{head/right=($red(\thefirstmarks)){section}}
% \end{Verb*}
% }
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{getthemarks}\cs{firstmarks}\OR\cs{botmarks}\OR\cs{topmarks}\M{named-mark}\M*{\cs{control-sequence}} \\
%  \cs[\red]{getthefirstmarks}\M{named-mark}\M*{\cs{control-sequence}} \\
%  \cs[\red]{getthebotmarks}\M{named-mark}\M*{\cs{control-sequence}} \\
%  \cs[\red]{getthetopmarks}\M{named-mark}\M*{\cs{control-sequence}}
% \end{declcs}
%
% You may wish to retrieve the values of \cs{firstmarks}, \cs{botmarks} or \cs{topmarks} into a macro. This is the
% purpose of these commands: \cs{control-sequence} is defined as a parameterless macro whose replacement text is
% the content of the specified marks register.
%
% {\small If the marks register\, \cs{marks@\meta{named-mark}}\, does not exist, the meaning of\, \cs{control-sequence}\, is
% \textt{undefined}. }
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{ifmarksequal}\M*{\cs{firstmarks}}\M*{\cs{topmarks}}\M*{named-mark}\M{true}\M{false}
% \end{declcs}
%
% Pretty often, we want to compare the botmarks with firstmarks or the topmarks, to adapt the header and/or footer
% in case those marks are equal or different, \ie in case the page contains a new section title or not:
%
% \cs[\red]{ifmarksequal} expands conditionnally code \M{true} only if the specified marks register to compare are equal,
% otherwise  \M{false}.
%
%
% {\small
% \begin{tabu}{!{\textbullet}l@{\,=\,}l!{$\Leftrightarrow$}l}
% \cs{firstmarks} &\cs{botmarks} &there is at most one section title on the current page; \\
% \cs{topmarks}   &\cs{botmarks} &there is no section title on the current page;\\
% \cs{firstmarks} &\cs{topmarks} &the last section title continues on the current page.
% \end{tabu}
%
% Those assertions are true only if you mark the section title at \cs{sectionmark} and at \cs{sectionbreak}: this is easy when using
% \thispackage[interfaces-hypbmsec]: \cs{sectionformat}\cs{subsection}\M*{break=\cs{marksthecs}\M*{subsection}\M*{lastsubsectiontoc}}.
%
% If the marks register\, \cs{marks@\meta{named-mark}}\, does not exist, the \M{false} part is expanded.
% } \enlargethispage\baselineskip
%
%
% \Section[makecell]({\cs{repeatcell} (makecell)})[{Interface makecell: \cs[\red]{repeatcell}}]{\sectitle{makecell}: \cs[\red]{repeatcell}}
%
% ^^A\subsection{\cs{repeatcell}}
%
% \xpackage{makecell} provides \cs{eline}, \cs{nline}, \cs{Xrows} to fill a table with empty cells, or repeated rows.
%
% \thispackage extends the possibility with \cs{repeatcell}. Although it is of general use,
% \cs{repeatcell} should be used softly in order to keep the \xext{tex} document intelligible (see the examples below).
%
% {\def\${\textt[\pkgcolor]\textdollar}
% While repeating cells, \cs{repeatcell} can also make calculations with:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \cs{numexpr},
% \item \$\cs{pgfmath}\$ (\csref{usetikz}\M*{{\opt pgfmath}} required in preamble)
% \item \$\$\cs{FPeval}\$\$ (\usepackage{fp} required in preamble) $\Rightarrow$ use \textt{round} to display the results!
% \end{itemize}
% Inside formulas \cs[\pkgcolor]{row} expands to the current row, \cs[\pkgcolor]{column} to the current column number (\cs{row} and \cs{column} are 1-based
% and relative to \cs{repeatcell}).
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{countvalues}\M{comma separated list}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{countvalues}\M{comma separated list} expands to the number of values in the list. This is also the
% number of steps a \LaTeX{} \cs{@for} loop would do on the list: in other words, \textbf{empty values are counted}.
% \cs{countvalues} is provided to allow you to adjust automatically the number of columns of a tabular,
% depending on your data, with the\, \textasteriskcentered\, operator:\,
% \cs{begin}\M*{{\dg\underline{tabular}}}\M*{{\db\textt{\textasteriskcentered\M*{\cs[\red]{countvalues}\cs{list}}\M*{c}}}}.
%
% \cs{countvalue} is purely expandable in one expansion step. The \meta{comma separated list} is expanded once,
% exactly like in \LaTeX{} \cs{@for} {\smaller(\emph{hint:} you can put \cs{@empty} before, to avoid expansion).}
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{repeatcell}\M[alignment]\M{columns}\{\small $\leftarrow$ number of columns \emph{or} comma separated list of values \\ \hskip1em
% \xkeytab{^^A
%  text                                     &the text to be inserted (repeated) in each cell                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                \\
%  font                                     &the font inside the cell                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       \\
%  rows                                     &the number of rows (default is 1 row) \emph{or} a comma separated list of value: \M*{one,two,three,four,etc.}\quad Empty values \textitbf{are not} ignored.                                                                                                                                                    \\
%  cr\OR end                                &the end-of-row sequence (default is \cs{\backslashchar} but you may want \cs{crcr}\cs{hline} or \cs{tabularnewline}...)\endgraf {\bfseries end of row sequence \textitbf{is never} inserted after the last row.}                                                                                                             \\
%  text/row1\OR text/row2\OR text/row3 \etc &If you want to change the text on the specified rows                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           \\
%  text/col1\OR text/col2\OR text/col3 \etc &If you want to change the text on the specified columns                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        \\
%  font/row1\OR font/row2\OR font/row3 \etc &If you want to change the font on the specified rows                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           \\
%  font/col1\OR font/col2\OR font/col3 \etc &If you want to change the font on the specified columns                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       \\
%  cr/row1\OR cr/row2 \OR cr/row3 \etc      &If you want to change the end-of-line sequence on the specified rows                                                                                                                                                                                                          \\
%  transpose                                &Do you wish to invert rows and columns ? Then \textt[\opt]{transpose}\textt{=true}\, \textlarger\Smiley. \\
%  {\pkgcolor any other key}                &can be used to make calculations using \cs{numexpr} or \$\cs{pgfmathparse}\$ or \$\$\cs{FPeval}\$\$.\quad Pay attention to put your formula inside curly brackets \M*{\$formula\$} if it contains a comma\, \lower.4ex\hbox{\framebox(10,10){,}}\, or an equal\, \lower.4ex\hbox{\framebox(10,10){=}}\, sign! \cellstrut \hfill\rlap{\}} \\
%  }
% \end{declcs}
% }
% \unskip
% \begin{enumerate}[label=\HR]
% \item If \M[alignment] is specified, then each cell is placed into a \cs{makecell}\M[alignment] command.
% \item If both\, \textt[\opt]{text/row$<i>$}\, and\, \textt[\opt]{text/col$<i>$}\, are specified for the same cell, then \xpackage{makecell} \cs{diaghead}
%        is used to display the values in a diagonally divided cell.
% \item If you want to see (in the \xext{log} file) the code introduced into the tabular (or array) by \cs[\red]{repeatcell}
%       type\, \cs{let}\cs{itf@message}=\cs{message}\, before \cs{repeatcell}.
% \end{enumerate}
%
%
% \textitbf{Formulas:}
% if you say: \textt{{\pkgcolor x}$\,=\,$\textt[\pkgcolor]\$sin(10*\cs[\pkgcolor]{column})\textt[\pkgcolor]\$} for example, then
% the formula is evaluated in each cell with \cs{pgfmath}. The result is stored into the control sequence \cs[\pkgcolor]{x} and
% can be used in \textt[\opt]{text} or in any other following formula. The order in which the computed keys are given determines
% the order of evaluation... \emph{of course!}
%
% If you specify the number of columns (\emph{resp.} of rows) as an integer, then \cs[\red]{repeatcell} works exactly as if
% you gave it a list of integers \M*{$1,2,3,4,...,p$}.
%
% If you specify the rows as a comma separated list of values, the following sequences are also admissible in \textt[\opt]{text}:\par\nobreak
%
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{>{\ttfamily}p{\widthof{\cs[\pkgcolor]{C}\cs[\pkgcolor]{column}}}X}
% \cs[\pkgcolor]{R}\cs[\pkgcolor]{row} &refer to the value of the list for the current row. \cs[\pkgcolor]{r} is the same {\smaller(unless you defined a formula named \textt[\pkgcolor]{r}).} \\
%     \cs[\pkgcolor]{R}\M{n}           &to the value of the list for row \M{n}                                                                                                               \\
% \end{tabu}
%
% If the number of rows is specified as an integer, then \cs[\pkgcolor]R\cs[\pkgcolor]{row},\, \cs[\pkgcolor]r\, and \,\cs[\pkgcolor]{row}
% are equal (to the current row index).
%
% Similarly if you specify the columns as a comma separated list of values, the following sequences are provided:\par\nobreak
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{>{\ttfamily}X[-1m]X[m]}
% \cs[\pkgcolor]{C}\cs[\pkgcolor]{column} &refer to the value of the list for the current column. \cs[\pkgcolor]{c} {\smaller is the same, unless you defined a formula named \textt[\pkgcolor]{c}.} \\
% \cs[\pkgcolor]{C}\M{m}                  &to the value of the list for column \M{m}                                                                                                                \\
% \end{tabu}
%
% If the number of columns is specified as an integer, then \cs[\pkgcolor]C\cs[\pkgcolor]{row},\, \cs[\pkgcolor]c\, and\, \cs[\pkgcolor]{col}
% are equal {\smaller(to the current column index)}.
%
% If the values in the lists are numeric, \cs[\pkgcolor]R,\, \cs[\pkgcolor]C,\, \cs[\pkgcolor]r\, and \cs[\pkgcolor]c\,
% can be used in formulas as well, \emph{o{\smaller f c{\smaller our{\smaller se...}}}}
%
% \medskip
%
% \centerline{\bfseries\large\lk
% \tikz\draw [decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% \quad A few examples are better than a 10 pages description !\quad
% \tikz\draw [cm={-1,0,0,0,(0,0)},anchor=east,decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% }
%
%
% \subsection{Conversion to scaled points}
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \def($db(\listofunits)){ pt , cm , mm , bp , dd , pc , in , cc ,sp }
% \begin{($dg$underline(tabu))}{|>{\bfseries}c|*9{X[mc]|}}                                 \hline
% \thead{units}
%     & ($red(\repeatcell))[c]($db(\listofunits)){ ($opt(text)) = \c, font=\bfseries }    \\ \hline
% \thead{value in\\ scaled\\ points}
%     & ($red(\repeatcell))($db(\listofunits)){%
%            ($pkgcolor(sp))  =\number\dimexpr 1($pkgcolor(\c))\relax,
%            ($opt(text))=\numprint[sp]($pkgcolor(\sp))}                                  \\ \hline
% \end{($dg$underline(tabu))}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% {\footnotesize
% \def\listofunits{pt,cm,mm,bp,dd,pc,in,cc,sp}
% \noindent
% \begin{tabu}{|>{\bfseries}c|*9{X[mc]|}} \hline
% \thead{units} & \repeatcell\listofunits{text=\c, font=\bfseries } \\ \hline
% \thead{value in \\ scaled\\ points} & \repeatcell\listofunits{ sp=\number\dimexpr1\c\relax, text=\numprint[sp]\sp} \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}
% }
%
% \subsection{Variable length cell}
%
% \begin{Verb}[commandchars=Ł:;]
% \newcommand\FAMILY[3]{%
% \begin{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}to .4\linewidth{|*3{X[mc]}|}    \hline
% Mother & Father & Children                 \\ \hline
%  #1    &  #2    & \makecell{:Łred:\repeatcell;;{#3}{text=:Łpkgcolor:\c;;, :Łopt:transpose;;} \\ \hline
% \end{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}}
% \FAMILY{Johanne}{Georg}{Priscilla,John,Tom}
% \FAMILY{Nut}{Geb}{Isis,Osiris,Seth,Nephthys}
% \end{Verb}
%
%
% \newcommand\FAMILY[3]{^^A
% \begin{tabu} to.4\linewidth{|*3{X[mc]}|}  \hline
% Mother & Father & Children \\ \hline
%  #1    &  #2    & \makecell{\repeatcell[c]{#3}{text=\c,font=\color{green},transpose}} \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}}
% {\footnotesize \centering
% \FAMILY{Johanne}{Georg}{Priscilla,John,Tom}
% \FAMILY{Nout}{Geb}{Isis,Osiris,Seth,Nephthys}\par
% }
%
%
% \subsection{Empty rows}
%
% \begin{tabu*}{X[4m]X[cm]}
% \footnotesize
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{tabu}{*6{|c}|} \hline
% \repeatcell 6{ text/col1=\row, rows=4, end=\\ \hline } \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verbatim}
% &
% \begin{tabu}{*6{|c}|} \hline
% \repeatcell 6{ text/col1=\row, rows=4, end=\\ \hline } \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}
% \end{tabu*}
%
%
% \begin{tabu*}{X[4m]X[cm]}
% \footnotesize
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{tabu}{*4{|c}|} \hline
% \repeatcell 6{ text/col1=\row, rows=4, end=\\ \hline  , transpose} \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verbatim}
% &
% \begin{tabu}{*4{|c}|} \hline
% \repeatcell 6{ text/col1=\row, rows=4, end=\\ \hline  , transpose} \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}
% \end{tabu*}
%
%
% \subsection{color palette}
% \label{repeatcell:colors}
% {\footnotesize
% \begin{Verb*}[commandchars=Ł|+]
% \begin{|ŁdgŁunderline|tabu++}{*4c}
% |Łred|\repeatcell++ {8}{|Łopt|transpose++=true,    rows=4,
%    red      = {$$round(\c/8*255,0)$$},
%    greeni   = \red,                    bluei   = \red,
%    greenii  = {$$round(255-\red,0)$$}, blueii  = \red,
%    greeniii = \red,                    blueiii = {$$round(255-\red,0)$$},
%    greeniv  = \greenii,                blueiv  = \blueiii,
%    text/row1={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greeni,\bluei}(\red,\greeni,\bluei)},
%    text/row2={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greenii,\blueii}(\red,\greenii,\blueii)},
%    text/row3={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greeniii,\blueiii}(\red,\greeniii,\blueiii)},
%    text/row4={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greeniv,\blueiv}(\red,\greeniv,\blueiv)}          }
% \end{|ŁdgŁunderline|tabu++}
% \end{Verb*}
% }§
% \begin{center}\smaller
% \begin{tabu}{*4c}
% \repeatcell {8}{transpose=true,    rows=4,
%    red = {$$round(\c/8*255,0)$$},
%    greeni   = \red,                    bluei   = \red,
%    greenii  ={$$round(255-\red,0)$$},  blueii  = \red,
%    greeniii = \red,                    blueiii = {$$round(255-\red,0)$$},
%    greeniv  = \greenii,                blueiv  = \blueiii,
%    text/row1={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greeni,\bluei}(\red,\greeni,\bluei)},
%    text/row2={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greenii,\blueii}(\red,\greenii,\blueii)},
%    text/row3={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greeniii,\blueiii}(\red,\greeniii,\blueiii)},
%    text/row4={\cellcolor[RGB]{\red,\greeniv,\blueiv}(\red,\greeniv,\blueiv)},
% }
% \end{tabu}
% \end{center}
%
% {\smaller \textitbf{Note: } \xpackage{makecell} interact very badly with \xpackage{colortbl}. Therefore, with \cs{cellcolor}
% or \cs{rowcolor}, the optional \M[alignment] parameter of \cs[\red]{repeatcell} does not give good results... \xpackage{colortbl}
% remain a  rather rough package, and deserve a finer implementation... in future.}
%
%
% \subsection{\xpackage{tabularcalc}-like tables (with \xpackage{dcolumn} package) and \xpackage{pgfmath}}  \enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}
%
% {\footnotesize     \def\${\textt[\pkgcolor]\textdollar}
% \begin{Verb}[commandchars=Ł:;]
% \def\listofx{ -4 ,    -2 ,    0 ,   2.25 ,   7 }
% $$\begin{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}{|c<{\bottopstrut}|*{5}{|D..{5.5}}|} \hline
% :Łred\rowfont;{\large\color{blue}}
% x                   &:Łred:\repeatcell;;\listofx{ text=\C\column }                           \\ \hline\hline
% f(x)=2x-3           &:Łred:\repeatcell;;\listofx{ fx = Ł$2*\c-3Ł$,  text=\fx }                            \\ \hline
% x^2                 &:Łred:\repeatcell;;\listofx{ xsquare = Ł$\C\column^2Ł$ , text = \xsquare }           \\ \hline
% h(x) = \sqrt{x^2+1} &:Łred:\repeatcell;;\listofx{ x=\C\column, hx = {Ł$sqrt(pow(\x,2)+1)Ł$}, text = \hx } \\ \hline
% \end{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}$$
% \end{Verb}
% §
% \def\listofx{ -4 ,    -2 ,    0 ,   2.25 ,   7 }
% $$\begin{tabu}{|c<{\bottopstrut}|*{5}{|D..{5.5}}|} \hline
% \rowfont{\ifmmode$\large$\else\large\fi\color{db}}
% x                   &\repeatcell\listofx{ text=\C\column }                                      \\ \hline\hline
% f(x)=2x-3           &\repeatcell\listofx{ fx = $2*\c-3$,  text=\fx }                            \\ \hline
% x^2                 &\repeatcell\listofx{ xsquare = $\C\column^2$ , text = \xsquare }           \\ \hline
% h(x) = \sqrt{x^2+1} &\repeatcell\listofx{ x=\C\column, hx = {$sqrt(pow(\x,2)+1)$}, text = \hx } \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}$$\nobreak
% \centerline{\$\cs{pgfmath}\$ computations}§
%
% $$\begin{tabu}{|c<{\bottopstrut}|*5{|D..{5.5}}|} \hline
% \rowfont{\ifmmode$\large$\else\large\fi\color{db}}
% x                   &\repeatcell\listofx{ text=\C\column }                                      \\ \hline\hline
% f(x)=2x-3           &\repeatcell\listofx{ fx = {$$round(2*\c-3,5)$$},  text=\fx }                            \\ \hline
% x^2                 &\repeatcell\listofx{ xsquare = {$$round(abs(\C\column)^2,5)$$} , text = \xsquare }           \\ \hline
% h(x) = \sqrt{x^2+1} &\repeatcell\listofx{ x=\C\column, hx = {$$round(root(2,abs(\x)^2+1),5)$$}, text = \hx } \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}$$\nobreak
% \centerline{And the same with \$\$\cs{FPeval}\$\$\, (\xpackage{fp} package)}
% }
%
% \pagebreak
% \subsection{Double entry array: the Body Mass Index}
% {\smaller \def\${\textt[\pkgcolor]\textdollar}
% \begin{Verb}[commandchars=Ł:;]
% \def:Łdb:\weightlist;;{weight in kg, 30, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 80, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120}
% \def:Łdb:\heightlist;;{height in cm, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130}
% \colorlet{denutrition}{Crimson} \colorlet{skinniness}{yellow} \colorlet{normal}{LawnGreen}
% \colorlet{obesity}{Moccasin} \colorlet{serious obesity}{DarkOrange} \colorlet{morbid obesity}{Fuchsia}
% \newcommand*\mycolor[1]{\cellcolor{%
%  \ifdim#1pt<17pt denutrition\else \ifdim#1pt<19pt skinniness\else \ifdim#1pt<26pt normal\else
%  \ifdim#1pt<30pt obesity\else     \ifdim#1pt<35pt serious obesity\else   morbid obesity\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}
%
% \begin{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}{*{:Łdr:\countvalues;;:Łdb:\heightlist;;}{|c}|} \hline
% :Łdr:\repeatcell;; :Łdb:\heightlist;; {%
%    rows = :Łdb:\weightlist;;,
%    :Łpkgcolor:height;; = \ifnum\column>1 :Łpkgcolor\c;\else 1\fi,
%    :Łpkgcolor:weight;; = \ifnum\row>1 :Łpkgcolor\r;\else 1\fi,
%    :Łpkgcolor:BMI;; = {Ł$Ł$round(:Łpkgcolor:\weight;;/((:Łpkgcolor:\height;;/100)^2),1)Ł$Ł$},
%    text = \mycolor{:Łpkgcolor\BMI;}:Łpkgcolor\BMI;,
%    text/row1 = :Łpkgcolor\c;,      font/row1 = \color{NavyBlue},        cr/row1 = \\ \hline,
%    text/col1 = :Łpkgcolor\r;,      font/col1 = \color{DarkViolet},
% }              \\ \hline
% \end{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}\quad
% \begin{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}{|c|}
% :Łdr:\repeatcell;;{denutrition,skinniness,normal,obesity,serious obesity,morbid obesity}{%
%        text=\cellcolor{:Łpkgcolor\c;}{:Łpkgcolor\c;},:Łopt:transpose;;,font=\large\bfseries\bottopstrut}
% \end{:ŁdgŁunderline:tabu;;}
% \end{Verb}
%
%  \def\weightlist{weight in kg, 30, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 80, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120}
%  \def\heightlist{height in cm, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130}
%  \colorlet{denutrition}{Crimson} \colorlet{skinniness}{yellow} \colorlet{normal}{LawnGreen}
%  \colorlet{obesity}{Moccasin}    \colorlet{serious obesity}{DarkOrange} \colorlet{morbid obesity}{Fuchsia}
% \newcommand*\mycolor[1]{\cellcolor{%
%  \ifdim#1pt<17pt denutrition\else \ifdim#1pt<19pt skinniness\else \ifdim#1pt<26pt normal\else
%  \ifdim#1pt<30pt obesity\else \ifdim#1pt<35pt serious obesity\else   morbid obesity\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}
%
% \ifx y\interfacesquick \else
% \begin{tabu}{*{\countvalues\heightlist}{|c}|} \hline
% \repeatcell\heightlist{%
%    rows=\weightlist,
%    height=\ifnum\column>1 \c\else 1\fi,
%    weight=\ifnum\row>1 \r\else 1\fi,
%    BMI={$$round(\weight/((\height/100)^2),1)$$},
%    text=\mycolor{\BMI}\BMI,
%    text/row1=\c,      font/row1=\color{NavyBlue},
%    cr/row1=\\ \hline,
%    text/col1=\r,      font/col1=\color{DarkViolet},
% }              \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}\quad
% \begin{tabu}{|c|}
% \repeatcell{denutrition,skinniness,normal,obesity,serious obesity,morbid obesity}{%
%        text=\cellcolor{\c}{\c},transpose,font=\large\bfseries\bottopstrut}
% \end{tabu}
% \medskip
%
% \begin{tabu}{*{\countvalues\weightlist}{|c}|} \hline
% \repeatcell\heightlist{transpose,
%    rows=\weightlist,
%    height=\ifnum\column>1 \c\else 1\fi,
%    weight=\ifnum\row>1 \r\else 1\fi,
%    BMI={$$round(\weight/((\height/100)^2),1)$$},
%    text=\mycolor{\BMI}\BMI,
%    text/row1=\c,      font/row1=\color{NavyBlue},    cr/row1=\\ \hline,
%    text/col1=\r,      font/col1=\color{DarkViolet},
% }              \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}\par\nobreak
% \centerline{The same with \textt[\opt]{transpose}}
% \fi
%
% \textitbf{Note that \xpackage{fp} computation can be time consuming...} depending on the formula and the number of cells to fill in.
% While preparing first such a table, give to the computed keys a constant value, and plug the formulas only when you are
% satisfied with the displayed tabular...
% }
%
% \ClearPage*
%
% \Section[enumitem](Interface enumitem)[Interface enumitem]{\sectitle{enumitem}: \cs[\red]{setlist}}
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{setlist}\hphantom{\stform*}\M*[environment,level,environment,level,\etc]\{\\
% \hphantom{\cs{setlist}\stform*}\xkeytab[oX]{
%     label         &the label to be used                              \\
%     font          &the label font                                    \\ \tabucline[on1.5pt off1pt]-
%     topsep        &vertical space before the list                    \\
%     partopsep     &vertical space                                    \\
%     parsep        &value of \cs{parskip} inside the list             \\
%     itemsep       &vertical space between two items                  \\ \tabucline[on1.5pt off1pt]-
%     leftmargin    &the list left margin                              \\
%     rightmargin   &the list right margin                             \\
%     listparindent &the value of \cs{parindent} inside the list       \\
%     labelwidth    &the width of the label box                        \\
%     labelsep      &horizontal space between label and following text \\
%     itemindent    &the indentation of the items \kern4cm \}
% } \\
%  \cs[\red]{setlist}\stform*\M[environment,level,environment,level,\etc]\M*{key=value}
% \end{declcs}
%
% Enumerated lists, description lists or itemize lists can be defined by \xpackage{enumitem}
% with the command \cs{newlist}.
%
% For example: \cs{newlist}\M*{mylegal}\M*{enumerate}\M*{10}
%
% The list can be customized with \cs{setlist}, for example:
% \begin{Verb}[fontfamily=cmtt]
%        \setlist[mylegal,1]{label*=\arabic*.}
%        \setlist[mylegal,2]{label*=\arabic*.}
%        \setlist[mylegal,3]{label*=\roman*)}
% \end{Verb}
%
% With \thispackage[interfaces-enumitem] you may specify more than one level at a time in \cs{setlist},
% (and even more than one environment at a time):
% \begin{Verb}[fontfamily=cmtt]
%        \setlist[mylegal,1,2]{label*=\arabic*.}
%        \setlist[mylegal,3]{label*=\roman*)}
% \end{Verb}
%
% \ClearPage
% A list can also be \textbf{modified} with \cs[\red]{setlist}\stform*: keys that are not specified remain the same.
% \begin{Verb*}[fontfamily=cmtt]
%        \setlist$stform*[mylegal,1,2,3]{align=left,leftmargin=*}
%  ($nnn or)
%        \setlist$stform*[mylegal]{align=left,leftmargin=*}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{interitem}
% \end{declcs}
%
% Just like \hologo{AmS} \cs{intertext} in math formul\ae, \cs[\red]{interitem} allows to put some non intented text inside
% a list environment. Example:
%
% \begin{Verb}[commandchars=Ł:;]
% \begin{:ŁdgŁunderline:enumerate;;}[label=\roman*)\,,parsep=0pt]
% \item First item in the enumerate envir
% :Łred:\interitem;; or (intertext)
% \item Second item
% \end{:ŁdgŁunderline:enumerate;;}
% \end{Verb}
%
% The example give in real world:
% \begin{enumerate}[label=\roman*)\,,parsep=0pt]
% \item First item in the enumerate envir
% \interitem or: (intertext)
% \item Second item
% \end{enumerate}
% And the following follows...
%
% \clearpage
% \Section[truncate](Interface truncate)[Interface truncate]{\sectitle{truncate}}
%
% The package \xpackage{truncate} by Donal Arseneau provides the command:
%
% \quad\cs{truncate}\M[TruncateMarker]\M{width}\M{text}
%
% to trunc the given \meta{text} to the specified \meta{width}, by means of \meta{TruncateMarker} if the the truncation occurs.
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{trunctext}\M[TruncateMarker]\M{width}\M{text}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs[\red]{trunctext}\, is the same as\, \cs{truncate}\, but it leaves \M*{text} to its natural width
% if it has not to be truncated (\ie if \meta{width}$\leq$ \textt{width of }\meta{text}). Example:
%
% \begin{tabu}{>{\ttfamily}rll}
% truncate:     &\cs{truncate}\M{5cm}\M{Hello world!}  &\fbox{\truncate{5cm}{Hello word!}}   \\
% trunctext:    &\cs{trunctext}\M{5cm}\M{Hello world!} &\fbox{\trunctext{5cm}{Hello world!}}
% \end{tabu}
%
% This corresponds to the \M*[fit] option of the \xpackage{truncate} package.
%
% \begin{declcs}[\red]{htruncadjust}\M{total width}\M[$x_1,x_2,\ldots,x_n$]\M{text$_1$,text$_2$,$\ldots$,text$_n$}
% \end{declcs}
%
% This macro will measure the width of\, \textt{text}$_1$,\textt{text}$_2$,$\ldots$,\textt{text}$_n$ and adjust them for truncation:
%
% {\arrayrulewidth=.7pt
% \begin{tabu}{*{5}{|c}|} \hline
% \rowfont[c]{\ttfamily\bfseries}\rowcolor{AliceBlue}
% text  & width & adusted width & $\gamma$ (truncated?) & Returned width\\ \hline
% \repeatcell 5{%
%    rows=4,
%    text/col1=text$_\row$,
%    text/col2=$w_\row$,
%    text/col3=\Gape[3pt]{$\displaystyle w'_i=\hbox{min}\left(w_\row,\frac{x_\row}{\sum x_i}\times\meta{total width}\right)$},
%    text/col4=\Gape[3pt]{$\gamma_\row=\begin{array}\{{>{\scriptstyle}l>{$\smaller}l<{$}}. 1 & if $w'_\row < w_\row$ \\ 0 & otherwise\end{array}$},
%    text/col5={$\displaystyle\omega_\row = w'_\row + \gamma_\row \cdot \Phi\cdot\frac{x_\row}{\sum \gamma_i\,x_i}$},
% } \\ \hline
% \rowcolor{OldLace}
%  & & $\Phi=${\ttfamily\smaller freespace$=$\meta{total width}}$\displaystyle\mathsmaller{-\sum w'_i}$
%  &
%  &  $\displaystyle\mathsmaller{ \sum \omega_i \leqslant \meta{total width}} $
%  \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}}§
% {\raggedleft\scriptsize Another example of a tabular made with \csref[\red]{repeatcell}\par}
%
% The widths can be accessed with\, \cs{htruncwidth}\M{i}\, and then:
%
% {\centering \cs{trunctext}\M[TruncateMarker]\M*{\cs{htruncwidth}\M{i}}\M{text$_i$}.\par}
%
% $x_i$ can be any real number provided that $\displaystyle \sum_i x_i \leqslant$\numprint{16383}$=$\cs{maxdimen} in \textt{points}.
%
% Measuring the widths occur inside a \cs{hbox}, thus \textt{text$_1$},$\ldots$, \textt{text$_n$} can contain
% macros, non expandable material \etc.
% For example:
%
%   \cs[\red]{htruncadjust}\M*{4cm}\M*[2,1]\M*{Hello,world}\, will prepare the widths so that their sum does not exceed 4 centimeters,
% and\, $w_1 = 2 \times w_2$.
%
%   \cs[\red]{htruncadjust}\M*{4cm}\M*[2,1,2]\M*{The,World,Is flat}\, will prepare the widths so that their sum does not exceed 4 centimeters,
% and\, $w_1 = w_3 = 2 \times w_2$.
%
% If the optional parameters $x_i$ are not given, then they are equal to the natural width of \M*{text$_1$,$\ldots$,text$_n$}.
% In other words,\, \textt{text$_1$,$\ldots$,\textt{text$_n$}}\, are truncated to a width proportional to their natural widths.
% (And the sum of their widths will not exceed \meta{total width}).
%
% This macro has been designed to cleverly truncate the text of headers, when they contain titles on both sides... Usually then,
% there are only two pieces of text whose width have to be adjusted for truncation...
%
% {\footnotesize
% \begin{Verb*}
% \htruncadjust{3cm}{first quite long,second short,third}       % natural widths
% \trunctext{\htruncwidth{1}}{first quite long}
%              \trunctext{\htruncwidth{2}}{second short}
%                       \trunctext{\htruncwidth{3}}{third}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \ClearPage
%
% \htruncadjust{3cm}{first quite long,second short,third}
% \def\TruncateMarker{...}
% {\color{Fuchsia}\qquad \smex \trunctext{\htruncwidth{1}}{first quite long}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{2}}{second short}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{3}}{third}
% \setbox0=\hbox{\trunctext{\htruncwidth{1}}{first quite long}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{2}}{second short}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{3}}{third}}
% \qquad (\htruncwidth 1\,,\,\htruncwidth 2\,,\,\htruncwidth 3\,,\,total=\the\wd0).}
% \begin{Verb*}
% \htruncadjust{3cm}[3,2,2]{first quite long,second short,third} % first is 3/2 of the two others
% \end{Verb*}
% \htruncadjust{3cm}[3,2,2]{first quite long,second short,third}
% {\color{Fuchsia}\qquad \smex \trunctext{\htruncwidth{1}}{first quite long}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{2}}{second short}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{3}}{third}
% \setbox0=\hbox{\trunctext{\htruncwidth{1}}{first quite long}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{2}}{second short}\trunctext{\htruncwidth{3}}{third}}
% \qquad (\htruncwidth 1\,,\,\htruncwidth 2\,,\,\htruncwidth 3\,,\,total=\the\wd0).}
% }
%
% \clearpage
% \sectionformat\section{bookmark={color=black,bold=false}}
%
% \Section[appendix]({\cs{appendices} (appendix)})[{Interface appendix}]{\sectitle{appendix} and the appendices environment}
%
% \xpackage{appendix} provides a way to write appendices inside an environment. This feature is suitable
% for short appendices like the one included in this document. \thispackage[interfaces-appendix] gives an easier
% control on some parameter for the appendix with standard (optional) key names.
%
% \begin{VerbLines*}
% \begin{($dg$underline(appendices))}[%
%   ($opt(section)) = section $OR chapter,    ($nnn alternatively, the key ) ($opt(chapter)) ($nnn is provided)
%   ($opt(title)) = the appendix title,      ($nnn if left blank, title is removed: [page] option of $xpackage(appendix))
%   ($opt(intoc)) = true $OR false,           ($nnn put an entry in t.o.c. ?)
%   ($opt(intoc/title)) = the entry in t.o.c.]($nnn if blank, no title in t.o.c., if no value: the appendix title)
% ($nnn$itshape appendix content ... )
% \end{($dg$underline(appendices))}
% \end{VerbLines*}
%
%
%
% \Section[embedfile]({\cs{embedthisfile} (embedfile)})[{Interface embedfile: \cs[\red]{embedthisfile}}]{\sectitle[\LocalOrCTAN{\LOCALDOC/oberdiek/embedfile}{\CTANbaseurl/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/embedfile}]{embedfile}: \cs[\red\mdseries]{embedthisfile}}
%
% \begin{declcs}{embedthisfile}\\
% \cs{embedthisfile}\stform*
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{embedthisfile} will embed into the final \xext{pdf} file, the current \xext{tex} file and all \xext{tex} files that are included (with \cs{include}) in it.
% If \cs{includeonly} is used, the only files embeded (\ie attached) to the \xext{pdf} file are the ones specified by \cs{includeonly}.
%
% \cs{embedthisfile}\stform* embeds only the main file.
%
% {\smaller
% This macro could disapear from \thispackage[interfaces-embedfile] if it is added to the main package...
% Depending on Mr~Oberdiek moods {\Large\Smiley}.}
%
%
% \Section[environ](Interface environ)[Interface environ]{\sectitle{environ}}
%
% \xpackage{environ} defines \cs{Renewenviron} but I found out it was usefull to have \csbf{ReNewEnviron} (note the case!)
%
% Therefore: \verb+\let\ReNewEnviron\RenewEnviron+ is made by \thispackage (\cs{AfterPackage}\M*{\xpackage{environ}}).
%
% \Section[umrand](Interface umrand)[Interface umrand]{Interface umrand}
%
% \xpackage{umrand} defines the macro \cs{ifnotempty} which is already defined with a different meaning in \xpackage{etextools}.
% \thispackage provides a turn around to avoid redefinition.
%
% For this turn around, \thispackage must be loaded before \xpackage{umrand} (because we use \cs{BeforePackage}\M*{\xpackage{umrand}}).
% This is -- really -- the only exception!
%
%
%
% \ClearPage*
% \bookmarksetup{bold*=true,color*=optional}
% \Section[pgfkeys](Interface pgfkeys)[Interface pgfkeys]{Interface pgfkeys {\smaller\mdseries(\HR\hyperref{\LocalOrCTAN{\LOCALDOC/../generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf}{\CTANbaseurl/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf}}{section}{43}{pgfmanual})}}
%
% \xpackage{pgfkeys}'s the base of all... wonderfull and inimitable! {\Large\bfseries\Smiley}
%
% The following handlers allows to build fairly quickly a \textt{key=value} interface for commands in almost any case:
%
% \centerline{\bfseries\large\lk
% \tikz\draw [decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% \quad \textsc{\bfseries Summary} \quad
% \tikz\draw [cm={-1,0,0,0,(0,0)},anchor=east,decoration=snake,decorate,thick] (0,1) -- ++(3,0);
% }
% {
% \def\temp{%
% \handler/.blank/                                                         &Replaces blank value by another value.                                                                                       \\
% \handler/.is private/                                                    &Throws an error if the key is used in an assignment                                                                        \\
% \handler/.store in cs/\, \handler/.estore in cs/                         &Like \handler/.store in/\, but with \cs{csname}...\cs{endcsname}                                                             \\
% \handler/.true/\, \handler/.false/,\handler/.on/\, \handler/.off/        &\handler/.is choice/ shortcut for boolean keys                                                                             \\
% \handler/.is multiple choice/                                            &Like \handler/.is choice/ but more than on choice can be selected at a time                                                \\
% \handler/.is enum/                                                       &\handler/.is choice/ shortcut for enumerated keys\endgraf also provides the \textt{/key\handler/.number/} key to get the numeric index of the selected choice.  \\
% \handler/.store as code/,\handler/.estore as code/                       &Stores the given value in the key itself. \stform+ and \stform* keys both append code.\endgraf The same but stores the \emph{expanded value}. \\
% \handler/.store as code in cs/,\handler/.estore as code in cs/           &Stores the given value in a cs-name rather than in the key. \stform+ and \stform* keys both append code.\endgraf The same but stores the \emph{expanded value}. \\
% \handler/.store as color/,\handler/.store as color command/              &Stores the color in the key itself.\endgraf The same but stores the color \emph{command}.                                        \\
% \handler/.store as color in cs/,\handler/.store as color command in cs/  &Stores the color in a cs-name rather than in the key.\endgraf The same but stores the color \emph{command}.               \\
% \handler/.store as number/,\handler/.estore as number/                   &Stores an integer in the key (\stform-\, \stform+\, and\, \stform* keys are provided to add, substract and multiply).     \\
% \handler/.store as number in cs/,\handler/.estore as number in cs/       &The same, but stores into a cs-name rather than in the key.                                    \\
% \handler/.store in counter cs/                                           &The same, but stores into a \TeX{} counter. \\
% \handler/.store as glue/,\handler/.estore as glue/                       &Stores a glue expression in the key (\stform+\, \stform-\, and\, \stform* keys are provided to add, substract or scale).\endgraf The same, but stores the \emph{computed value} of the glue, not its expression.                \\
% \handler/.store as glue in cs/,\handler/.estore as glue in cs/           &The same, but stores in a given cs-name rather than in the key itself.                                                                          \\
% \handler/.store in skip cs/                                              &The same, but stores the glue inside a \TeX{} \cs{skip} register. \\
% \handler/.store as dimen/,\handler/.estore as dimen/                     &Store a dimen expression in the key (with \stform+\, \stform-\, and\, \stform* keys to add, substract or scale).\endgraf The same, but stores the \emph{computed value} of the dimen, not its expression.           \\
% \handler/.store as dimen in cs/,\handler/.estore as dimen in cs/         &The same, but stores in a given cs-name rather than in the key itself. \\
% \handler/.store in dimen cs/                                             &Stores the dimension into a \TeX{} \cs{dimen} register rather than in a macro. \\
% \handler/.alias/,\handler/.alias\stform*/                                &Creates an alias for the key.\endgraf The same, but also creates the alias for the \stform+, \stform- and \stform* keys if they exist. \\
% }
%
% {
% \smaller
% \csdef{@@handler}#1/.#2/{{\leavevmode
%     \begingroup\def\stform##1{}\edef\x{\endgroup\def\noexpand\reference{pgfkeys.#2}}\x
%     \ifcsundef{r@\reference}{\ttfamily#1{/$\!\!$.#2}}{\hyperref[\reference]{\ttfamily#1{/$\!\!$.#2}}}}}
% \def\parsetest#1&#2\\#3\END{\makecell[tl]{\repeatcell{#1}{text=\c,transpose}}&#2\\  \ifblank{#3}{}{\tabucline[on1.5pt off0.4pt]- \parsetest #3\END}}
%
% \begin{tabu}{X[-1m]X[m]}\toprule
% \expandafter\parsetest\temp\END
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabu}
% }}
%
% The command \cs[\dg]{pgfkeysmeaning} is provided (with \cs{providecommand}): it expands to the meaning of the given pgfkey.
%
%
% \subsection[/.blank]{Handler definition: \handler/.blank/}
% \label{pgfkeys.blank}
%
% A new handler \handler/.blank/ is defined to allow automatic replacement of empty or blank values by the ``default'' value specified:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \pgfkeys{/base/path/my key$handler*/.code/=The key #1,%
%              /base/path/my key$handler/.default/=has its default value!,%
%              /base/path/my key$handler/.blank/=was left blank!}
%     \pgfkeys{/base/path/my key,      ($nnn produces)  The key has its default value!
%              /base/path/my key=}     ($nnn produces)  The key was left blank!
% \end{Verb*}
%
% The following make blank value behave the same as default :
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \pgfkeys{/base/path/my key$handler/.blank/=\pgfkeysnovalue}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% And If you wish to forbid blank values you can add:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \pgfkeys{/base/path/my key$handler/.value required/}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% With \thispackage[interfaces-pgfkeys] it is also possible to give a \handler/.default/ or/and a \handler/.blank/
% value to a handler, or on the other hand to say that a handler must have (\handler/.value required/)
% or does not suffer (\handler/.value forbidden/) a value.
% (this feature was not implemented in \xpackage{pgfkeys.code.tex}).
%
% \subsection[/.is private]{Handler definition: \handler/.is private/}
% \label{pgfkeys.is private}
%
% This handler is mainly addressed to package writers. A private key does not suffer any assignment:
% this is a package constant:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \pgfkeys{/base/path/@my key$handler/.is private/=mypackage}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% Then any assignment to \textt{@my key} will throw an error, explaining
% that \textt{@my key} is private to the package \xpackage{mypackage}.
%
% \bigskip
% {\smaller Similarly, there is a \handler/.is private to class/ handler (for \cs{ClassError} instead of \cs{PackageError}).\par}
%
%
% \ClearPage
%
% \subsection[/.store in cs, /.estore in cs]{Handler definition: \handler/.store in cs/ and \handler/.estore in cs/}
% \label{pgfkeys.store in cs}\label{pgfkeys.estore in cs}
%
% A new handler \handler/.store in cs/ is defined to store the value of a key in a named control sequence:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \pgfkeys{%
%        /base/path/my key$handler/.store in cs/=some word,% ($nnn will define :) \"some word"
%     }
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \ClearPage
% \subsection(/.true, /.false etc.)[Boolean keys: /.true, /.false, /.on /.off]{Handlers definition:: \handler/.true/, \handler/.false/, \handler/.on/\/ and \handler/.off/}
% \label{pgfkeys.true}\label{pgfkeys.false}\label{pgfkeys.on}\label{pgfkeys.off}
%
% A key of type \handler/.true/ or \handler/.false/ can take the only values \textt{true} or \textt{false} and
% its default value is \textt{true}\linebreak (unless \handler*/.default/\textt{=false} is explicitly given to \cs{pgfkeys}).
%
% Similarly, a key of type \handler/.on/ or \handler/.off/ can take the only values \textt{on} or \textt{off} and
% its default value is \textt{on}\linebreak (unless \handler*/.default/\textt{=off} is explicitly given to \cs{pgfkeys}).
%
% These are shortcuts and a special case of \handler/.is choice/ keys:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \pgfkeys{
%        my key$handler/.true/ = $nnn code if the value is $texttt(true),
%        my key$handler/.false/ = $nnn code if the value is $texttt(false),
%        my key2$handler/.on/ = $nnn code if the value is $texttt(on),
%        my key2$handler/.off/ = $nnn code if the value is $texttt(off)            }
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \subsection[/.is multiple choice]{Handler definition: \handler/.is multiple choice/}
% \label{pgfkeys.is multiple choice}
%
% A key defined with \handler/.is multiple choice/ behaves like a \handler/.is choice/ key but more than
% one choice can be selected at a time:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \pgfkeys{/path$handler*/.cd/,
%     format$handler/.is multiple choice/,
%        format/bold$handler*/.code/= ...,
%        format/italic$handler*/.code/= ...,
%        format/color$handler*/.code/= ...       }
% \end{Verb*}
% \ClearPage
%
% Possible values for key \textt{format} are restricted to subkeys: \textt{bold}, \textt{italic} and \textt{color}.
% But unlike simple \handler/.is choice/ keys, it is possible to use:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \pgfkeys{/path/format={bold,italic,color=...}}
% ($nnn this is the same as:)
%     \pgfkeys{/path/format=bold,/path/format=italic,path/format={color=...}}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% {\itshape The \textt{bookmark} key of \csref[\red]{sectionformat} (in \thispackage[interfaces-titlesec]) is a good example.}
%
% \subsection[/.is enum]{Handler definition: \handler/.is enum/}
% \label{pgfkeys.is enum}
%
% A key defined with \handler/.is enum/ behaves like a \handler/.is choice/ key: its possible values are limited
% to sub-keys. The name of the selected sub-key is stored into the key.
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \pgfkeys{/path$handler*/.cd/,
%     enumKey$handler/.is enum/={one,two,three}
% }
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \textt[\opt]{enumKey} can be \textt{one} or \textt{two} or \textt{three} and nothing else.
% \begin{Verb*}
% \pgfkeys{ ($opt enumKey)=two }
% \end{Verb*}
% \topsep=0pt
% \begin{tabbing}
%  assigns \textt{two} to the value of the key: \=\cs{pgfkeysvalueof}\M*{{\opt enumKey}} is \textt{two}.\\
%  \> \cs{pgfkeysvalueof}\M*{{\opt enumKey}\handler/.number/} is \texttbf{1}  (zero based index)
% \end{tabbing}
%
% \subsection[/.store as code]{Handlers definition: \handler/.store as code/, \handler/.estore as code/}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as code}
%
% This handler stores the value given to the key in the key itself. Furthermore, a starred key \stform* and a \stform+
% keys are defined such that they append their value to the stored key.
%
% {\small
% \begin{Verb*}
% \pgfkeys{/test$handler/.store as code/,
%          /test=some code,
%          /test$stform+= the following follows...           }
% \end{Verb*}
% }
% Defines the key \textt{/test} so that \cs{pgfkeysvalueof}\M*{/test} expands to \textt{some code}.
% \textt{/test\stform+} appends ``the following follows'' to the previous value of the key.
% (\textt{/test\stform*} does the same).
%
% If you prefer not to have star keys \stform*, or \stform+ keys, or only one of these, just say, for example:
% {\small
% \begin{Verb*}
% \pgfkeys{/test$handler/.store as code/=($rred+)}
% \end{Verb*}
% }
%
% {\itshape This feature is very important for \thispackage: almost any \textt[\opt]{font} keys are defined
% with the handler \handler/.store as code/.}
%
% {\smaller
% \textitbf{A note for programmers:} \handler/.store as code/ defines three keys: \textt{test}, \textt{test}\stform+ and \textt{test}\stform*.
% (The two former are the same). The ``\emph{append code}'' keys (\stform+ and \stform*) call the \emph{main key} \textt{test}.
% This is handy because if you append code to the \emph{main key} (with \xpackage{pgfkeys} \handler/.add code/
% or \handler/.append code/) then this code will be expanded also in case the \stform+ or \stform* keys are called.
% }
%
% There is also a \handler/.estore as code/ handler which expands the given code before storing it in the key.
%
% \csdef{=cs-name}{{\lk$=$\meta{cs-name}}}
% \subsection[/.store as code in cs]{Handlers definition: \handler/.store as code in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}, \handler/.estore as code in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as code in cs}
%
% This handler works like \handler/.store as code/: the content is stored in the cs-name given as value for the handler,
% but not inside the key itself (useful for \textt{key=value} interfaces to other packages).
%
% The \stform+ and \stform* keys are provided: both append their value to the content of the given control sequence.
%
% Typically, \textt[\opt]{/font} keys are defined this way for interface with other packages.
%
% There is also a \handler/.estore as code in cs/ handler which expands the given code before storing it in the {\lk\meta{cs-name}}..
%
% \subsection[/.store as color]{Handler definition: \handler/.store as color/}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as color}
%
% When specifying a color, did you say:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     color=\color{yellow}       color=\normalcolor
%     color=blue                 color=[rgb]{1,0,0}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% In any case, \handler/.store as color/ will transform the value as follow:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     color=yellow               color=default ($nnn defined by $thispackage* if not already)
%     color=blue                 color=[rgb]{1,0,0}    ($nnn defined) \AtBeginDocument
% \end{Verb*}
%
%
%
% In any case, \handler/.store as color command/ will transform the value as follow:
% \begin{Verb*}
%     color=\normalcolor         color=\color{yellow}
%     color=\color{blue}         color=\color[rgb]{1,0,0}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% Please! Dont write: \cs{def}\cs{myBlue}\M*{blue}  \qquad   \textt{color=\cs{myBlue}}.
%
% Use \cs{colorlet}\M*{myBlue}\M*{blue}\, instead, or \cs{definecolor}.
%
% As for code, the color is stored inside the key.
%
% \subsection[/.store as color in cs]{Handler definition: \handler/.store as color in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as color in cs}
%
% The same as \handler/.store as color/, but the color is stored in the given control sequence, rather than in the key itself.
%
% There is also a \handler/.store as color command in cs/ handler. It is used to set the value to \cs{columnseprulecolor}
% by the key \textt{columns/rule/color} of \csref[\red]{tocsetup}.
%
% \ClearPage
%
% \subsection[/.store as number]{Handlers definition: \handler/.store as number/, \handler/.estore as number/}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as number}
%
% \subsection[/.store as number in cs]{Handlers definition: \handler/.store as number in cs/, \handler/.estore as number in cs/}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as number in cs}
%
% \ClearPage
% \subsection(/.store as glue)[/.store as glue]{Handler definition: \handler/.store as glue/}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as glue}
%
% This is quite the same as \handler/.store as code/, but the given code is sourrounded by \cs{glueexpr}...\cs{relax}...
% and is stored inside the key.
%
% Furthermore:§
% \begin{tabbing}
% \qquad\= the \stform+ key adds to the length:\=\cs{glueexpr} old value $+$ \meta{ argument } \cs{relax}. \\
% \>      the \stform- key substracts:\>\cs{glueexpr} old value $-$ \meta{ argument } \cs{relax} \\
% \> the \stform* key scales: \> \cs{glueexpr} old value $*$ \meta{ argument } \cs{relax} \\
% \end{tabbing}§
%
% The \meta{argument} is \textbf{not expanded} but the content of the key is ready to be used in place
% of a length. Scaling of two forms are allowed: \emph{fractionnal} and \emph{real}.
% \emph{Real} scaling is converted to a fraction of \textt{65536}:
% {\small
% \begin{Verb*}
% \pgfkeys{/test$handler/.store as glue/,
%          /test=12pt plus5pt,
%          /test$stform*=.5,
%          /test$stform+=\parskip,
%          /test$stform*=4/6                        }
% \pgfkeysmeaning{/test}
% \end{Verb*}
% }
% \pgfkeys{/test/.store as glue,/test=12pt plus5pt,/test*=.5,/test+=\parskip,/test*=4/6}
%
% \smex\qquad     \pgfkeysmeaning{/test}
%
% The value of \cs{parskip} is not expanded at \cs{pgfkeys} time, but only when the value of the key
% is used (for an assignment...)
%
% There is also a handler called \handler/.estore as glue/ if you really want the value to be
% expanded (with \cs{the}) at the time of \cs{pgfkeys} setting.
%
%
% \subsection(/.store as dimen)[/.store as dimen]{New handler: \handler/.store as dimen/}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as dimen}
%
% Just like \handler/.store as glue/ but with \cs{dimexpr} instead of \cs{glueexpr}.
%
% There is also a \handler/.estore as dimen/ handler, for immediate expansion.
%
%
%
% \subsection(/.store as glue in cs)[/.store as glue in cs]{New handler: \handler/.store as glue in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as glue in cs}
%
% This is like \handler/.store as glue/ but the the value is assigned to a macro whose name is given, rather than
% in the key itself. Expansion \emph{does not} occur \cs{pgfkeys} time: the macro contains
% the glue definition in \cs{glueexpr}...\cs{relax} expressions.
%
% \stform+ (to add) \stform- (to substract) and \stform* (to scale) keys are provided.
%
% There is also a \handler/.estore as glue in cs/ handler, and expansion occurs when the key is set.
%
%
% \subsection(/.store as dimen in cs)[/.store as dimen in cs]{New handler: \handler/.store as dimen in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
% \label{pgfkeys.store as dimen in cs}
%
% Just like \handler/.store as glue in cs/ but with \cs{dimexpr} instead of \cs{glueexpr}.
% \goodbreak
%
% \bookmarksetup{color*=copper}
% \subsection(/.estore as dimen in cs)[/.estore as dimen in cs]{New handler: \handler/.estore as dimen in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
% \label{pgfkeys.estore as dimen in cs}
%
% This handler as a particularity: if the value is given without dimension, \textt[\db]{pt} is assumed (that is... \textt{points}).
%
% This is the way the key \textt[\opt]{size} is defined for the command \csref[\red]{changefont}
% (in \thispackage[interfaces-LaTeX]).
% \textt[\opt]{size} defines \cs{f@size}, the macro used by \LaTeX{} to store the font size
% (and \textt{size}\stform+ adds, \textt{size}\stform- substracts, \textt{size}\stform* scales).
% But \cs{f@size} is stored in points, without the mention of the dimension: \textt[\db]{pt}.
%
% With its default units in \textt[\db]{pt}, \handler/.estore as dimen in cs/ is the handler of the situation:
%
%
% \Section[etoolbox](Interface etoolbox)[Interface etoolbox]{\sectitle{etoolbox} - \xpackage{etoolbox}-like commands}
%
% May be they will be added to \xpackage{etoolbox.sty} one day or another... and disapear from \thispackage $\smile$.
%
% \subsection{New macros provided with \cs{providecommand}}
%
% \begin{declcs*}{4}{removefrom}\,\,\,\meta{hook}\M{code} &&&\cs{removefromstart}\meta{hook}\M{code} \\
% \cs{gremovefrom}\meta{hook}\M{code}               &&& \cs{gremovefromstart}\meta{hook}\M{code} \\
% \cs{eremovefrom}\meta{hook}\M{code}               &&& \cs{eremovefromstart}\meta{hook}\M{code} \\
% \cs{xremovefrom}\meta{hook}\M{code}               &&& \cs{xremovefromstart}\meta{hook}\M{code}
% \end{declcs*}
%
% \csbf{removefrom} removes the first occurence of \M{code} from a \meta{hook}. The command is robust.§
% {\color{red}\M{code} should not contain groups: \M*{...}} but parameter characters are allowed, which need not to be doubled. The match for \M{code}
% inside the replacement text of \meta{hook} is category-code sensitiv.
%
% \begin{tabbing}
% If the \= first occurence of \= \M{code} into \meta{hook} has been removed \\
% \> then \> \cs{ifin@}\quad\= is set to \cs{iftrue} \\
% \> otherwise \> \cs{ifin@}\> is set to \cs{iffalse} \quad (\meta{hook} does not contain \M{code}). \\
% this allows loops of the form:\\
% \> \cs{in@true}\\
% \> \cs{@whilesw}\cs{ifin@}\cs{fi}\M*{\cs{removefrom}\meta{hook}\M{code}}
% \end{tabbing}
%
% \begin{enumerate}[label={\HR},leftmargin=*]
% \item \cs{eremovefrom} and \cs{xremovefrom} expand \M{code} before trying to remove it from \meta{hook}. Only \M{code} is expanded, the current replacement text of \meta{hook} is not.
% \item \texttbf g and \texttbf x versions make the assignment to \meta{hook} global.
% \item \cs{removefromstart} remove \M{code} only if it appears at the very beginning of \meta{hook}.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \Section[scrlfile](Interface scrlfile)[Interface scrlfile]{\sectitle[\LocalOrCTAN{file:C:/texmf/source/latex/koma-script/scrlfile.pdf}{\CTANbaseurl/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf}]{scrlfile}}
%
% \subsection{Star forms for \cs{BeforeFile} and \cs{AfterFile}}
%
% \xpackage{scrlfile} provides \cs{BeforeFile} and \cs{AfterFile} in order to execute some code when a file is loaded.
% The hooks are automatically reset to \cs{relax} after the file has been loaded, in other words, they are expanded at most one only time.
% This can be avoided by using \cs{BeforeFile\stform*} and \cs{AfterFile\stform*}, for example:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%     \BeforeFile($rred$textasteriskcentered){\jobname.toc}{\begin{multicols}{2}}
%     \AfterFile($rred$textasteriskcentered){\jobname.toc}{\end{multicols}}
% \end{Verb*}
% The hooks \textsl{before} and \textsl{after} will be executed \textbf{every time} \cs{jobname.toc} is loaded.
%
% This feature is used in \cs[\red]{tocsetup}\M*{twocolumns}.
%
% \subsection{Allowing \cs{BeforeFile} and \cs{AfterFile} when \cs{@input} is invoked}
%
% The hooks \cs{BeforeFile} and \cs{AfterFile} are executed only when the file is loaded with \cs{InputIfFileExists}: indeed this macro is
% redefined by \xpackage{scrlfile}.
%
% \thispackage redefine \cs{@input} in order to execute those hooks also in case \cs{@input} is used: this is useful because
% \xext{toc} files are input with \cs{@input} rather than with \cs{InputIfFileExists}.
%
% \sectionformat\section{bookmark={color*=dr}}
% \section{List of corrected or patched commands}
%
% Here is the complete list of patched commands in other packages.
%
% The modification occurs only if the given module of \thispackage is loaded.
% For example, \cs{addcontentsline} is modified only if packages \xpackage{titlesec} and \xpackage{bookmark} are
% loaded, \textitbf{and if} \thispackage[interfaces-titlesec] and \thispackage[interfaces-bookmark] are loaded.
%
% \makeatletter      \newcounter{PatchedCommand}
% \newcolumntype\X{>{\centering\arraybackslash}X}
% \newrobustcmd\PatchedCommand[4][]{\begin{small}\stepcounter{PatchedCommand}%
% \hbox{\llap{\Pisymbol{\number\numexpr181+\value{PatchedCommand}}\,\,}
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{|X[c]|c|X[c]|X[c]|c|}\hline
% Patched command &Type & Importance &Module & ref. page             \\\hline
% \makecell[l]{\repeatcell{#2}{text=\csbf[\macrocodecolor]{\c},transpose}}
% &
% \zref@ifrefundefined{patch-\itf@getvalue{#2}1}
%        {}
%        {\itshape\zref[patchtype]{patch-\itf@getvalue{#2}1}}%
% &    \ifcase#4\relax \textcolor{dg}{\makecell{minor \\ optimisation or correction}}
%                 \or \textcolor{db}{\makecell{important\\ but no side effect}}
%                 \or \textcolor{dr}{\makecell{important}}
%                 \or {\bfseries\textcolor{red}{major}}
%                 \else ??
%                 \fi
% &
% \makecell{\repeatcell{#3}{transpose,text=\thispackage[{\c}]}}
% &
% \zref@ifrefundefined{patch-\itf@getvalue{#2}1}
%        {}
%        {\pageref{patch-\itf@getvalue{#2}1}}%
% \\ \hline
% \end{tabu}}\end{small}}
% \makeatother
%
% \begin{smaller}
%
% \subsection[LaTeX]{\LaTeX{}}
%
% \PatchedCommand[LaTeX]{@pkgextension,@clsextension,@ifpackageloaded,@ifclassloaded}{interfaces-LaTeX}{0}
%
% Those commands are replaced by their equivalent in the package \xpackage{ltxcmds}:
%
% \begin{tabu}{*4c}
% \repeatcell{ltx@pkgextension,ltx@clsextension,ltx@ifpackageloaded,ltx@ifclassloaded}{text=\cs{\c}}
% \end{tabu}
%
% This is because \LaTeX{} defines those commands \cs{@onlypreamble}, while the equivalent macros in \xpackage{ltxcmds}
% can be used inside \textt{document} as well.
%
%
% \PatchedCommand[LaTeX]{addcontentsline}{interfaces-titlesec,interfaces-bookmark}{1}
%
% \cs{addcontentsline} does a lot a thing and in particular it expands the \cs{bookmark} command (if the \xpackage{bookmark} package is loaded,
% otherwise it's hyperref). As long as \cs[\red]{sectionformat} can drive the attributes of the bookmark for each section, it is necessary
% to expand \cs{bookmarksetup} with the right options before the section-bookmark is written.
%
% This is achived by \cs{itf@ttl@BKM}, placed at the beginning of \cs{addcontentsline}.
%
% \PatchedCommand[LaTeX]{@input}{interfaces-scrlfile}{1}
%
% The \cs{input} primitive (same as \LaTeX{} control sequence \cs{@@input}) is surrounded by
% \cs{scr@load@hook}\M*{before}...\cs{scr@load@hook}\M*{after}:
%
% \begin{multicols}{2}
% Original:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \def\@input#1{\IfFileExists{#1}
%  {\@@input\@filef@und}
%  {\typeout{No file #1.}}%
% }%
% \end{Verb*}
% \columnbreak
% Modified:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \renewcommand*\@input[1]{\IfFileExists{#1}
%    {\scr@load@hook{before}{#1}%
%     \@@input\@filef@und
%     \scr@load@hook{after}{#1}}
%    {\typeout{No file #1.}}%
% }%
% \end{Verb*}
% \end{multicols}
%
% \subsection[bookmark]{\xpackage{bookmark} \cs{\backslashchar bookmark}}
%
% \PatchedCommand[bookmark]{bookmark}{interfaces-bookmark}{2}
%
% The \stform* keys for \cs{bookmarksetup} (\textt{italic\stform*},\, \textt{color\stform*},\, \textt{bold\stform*},\, and \textt{disable\stform*})
% are local to the group, but govern only the very next bookmark.
%
% After the bookmark has been written, previous values must be restored at the end of each group until
% the same group level as the one in which the \stform* option has been set is reached (if this group is the main group,
% level \textt0, then a global assignment is made).
%
% Well... this is done at \cs{write}: \cs{immediate}\cs{write}\M*{the bookmark entry}
% is replaced by \cs{itf@BKM@write}\M*{the bookmark entry} to check first:
% \begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*)\,]
% \item is the bookmark disable ?
% \item is it necessary to restore previous values after write (\ie \cs{aftergroup}) ?
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \subsection[tocloft]{\xpackage{tocloft} \cs{\backslashchar newlistof}}
%
% \PatchedCommand[tocloft]{newlistof}{interfaces-tocloft}{1}
%
%
%
% \ClearPage
% \subsection[colortbl]{\xpackage{colortbl}}
%
% \PatchedCommand[colortbl]{CT@cellc}{interfaces-makecell}{1}
%
% \xpackage{colortbl} modifies the preamble of tabulars: it put each cell in a box, sets the color and then displays the box.
% The example shown page \pageref{repeatcell:colors} does not work without a minor modification: the color specification must
% be expanded short before their usage.
%
% Original:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \def\CT@cellc#1[#2]#3{%
%   \expandafter($red(\gdef))\expandafter\CT@cell@color\expandafter{%
%     \expandafter\CT@color#1{[#2]}{#3}%
%     \global\let\CT@cell@color\relax
% }}
% \end{Verb*}
% Modified:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \def\CT@cellc#1[#2]#3{%  #1 is either \@firstofone or \@gobble, [#2]#3 = color spec
%    ($red(\xdef))\CT@cell@color{\noexpand\CT@color#1{[{#2}]}{#3}%
%    \global\let\noexpand\CT@cell@color\relax}%
% }
% \end{Verb*}
%
% Remember \xpackage{arydshln} must be loaded after \xpackage{colortbl} (this is not due to \thispackage,
% but to the fact that both redefine \cs{@classz} from the \xpackage{array} package).
%
% \subsection[hypbmsec]{\xpackage{hypbmsec}}
%
% \PatchedCommand[hypbmsec]{hbs@do,hbs@process}{interfaces-hypbmsec,interfaces-titlesec}{1}
%
% In order to get \cs{lastsectiontitle}, \cs{lastsectionbookmark} and \cs{lastsectiontoc} updated at the right place
% (\ie \textit{after} \cs{sectionbreak} and \textit{before} \cs{sectionmark}), some \thispackage-macros have to be
% executed:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item at the beginning of \cs{hbs@do}     \qquad {\smaller\smex to get the word \textt{section} or \textt{subsection} \etc.}
% \item at the beginning of \cs{hbs@process} \qquad {\smaller\smex to store the next section title, bookmark and toc}
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsection[enumitem]{\xpackage{enumitem}}
%
% \PatchedCommand[enumitem]{setlist}{interfaces-enumitem}{0}
%
% \cs{setlist} is redefined by \thispackage[interfaces-enumitem] in order to extend the syntax.
%
% \subsection[pgfkeys]{\xfile{pgfkeys.code.tex}}
%
% \PatchedCommand[pgfkeys]{pgfkeys@unpack,pgfkeys@case@three}{interfaces-pgfkeys}{2}
%
% \cs{pgfkeys@unpack} is modified to handle the case of the \handler/.blank/ handler: this is here that
% the value is conditionnally compared against \handler/.default/, \handler/.blank/ or \handler/.value required/.
%
% \cs{pgfkeys@case@three} is modified to allow \underline{handlers} to have \handler/.default/, \handler/.blank/
% or \handler/.value required/ values.
%
% \cs{pgfkeys@exp@call}: missed a pair of braces around the value in \cs{pgfkeysalso}. Thus
% the code could break if the value contains an equal sign or a comma. Fixed.
%
% \end{smaller}
%
% \bookmarksetup{bold=false,color=black}
%
%
%
%
% \StopEventually{
% }
%
% \IMPLEMENTATION
%
% \sectionformat\subsection{bookmark/color=pkgcolor}
% \subsection{Interfaces}
%
% The package namespace is \textttbf{\macrocodecolor itf@}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 - pgfkeys interfaces - pgf 2.0 et 2.1 (FC)]
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Requirements}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{The package options / list of interfaces}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{LaTeX}{\AtEndOfPackage{\LoadInterface{LaTeX}}}
\DeclareOption{marks}{\AtEndOfPackage{\LoadInterface{marks}}}
\def\itf@tp#1{%
   \DeclareOption{#1}{\AtEndOfPackage{\LoadInterface{#1}}}%
}% \itf@tp
\itf@tp{titlesec}
\itf@tp{hyperref}
\itf@tp{bookmark}
\itf@tp{fancyhdr}
\itf@tp{tocloft}
\itf@tp{makecell}
\itf@tp{enumitem}
\itf@tp{hypbmsec}
\itf@tp{environ}
\itf@tp{truncate}
\itf@tp{appendix}
\itf@tp{embedfile}
\if\relax\@ptionlist{interfaces.sty}\relax % no option given
   \ExecuteOptions\@declaredoptions        % all interfaces are active
\fi
\ProcessOptions
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Interfaces-base}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*base>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-base}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 Interfaces core system layer (FC)]
\RequirePackage{etex,ltxcmds,etoolbox,pgfkeys,scrlfile,infwarerr}
\AtEndOfPackage{%
   \RequirePackage{interfaces-etoolbox}%
   \RequirePackage{interfaces-scrlfile}%
   \RequirePackage{interfaces-pgfkeys}
   \RequirePackage{interfaces-tikz}%
   \RequirePackage{interfaces-umrand}% There is a \BeforePackage here !
}% AtEndOfPackage
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\LoadInterface}
%    Mechanic of \thispackage: each module is loaded \cs{AfterPackage}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\LoadInterface[1]{%
   \@for\itf@tp:=#1\do{%
      \expandafter\ifx\csname\ifcsname\itf@tp\endcsname
                        \itf@tp\else relax\fi\endcsname\marks
         \RequirePackage{interfaces-marks}%
      \else\expandafter\ifx\csname\ifcsname\itf@tp\endcsname
                        \itf@tp\else relax\fi\endcsname\LaTeX
         \RequirePackage{interfaces-LaTeX}%
      \else
         \expandafter\itf@LoadInterface\expandafter{\itf@tp}%
      \fi\fi}%
}% \LoadInterface
\@onlypreamble\LoadInterface
\newrobustcmd*\itf@LoadInterface[1]{\ltx@ifpackageloaded{interfaces-#1}
   {}
   {\AfterPackage*{#1}{\RequirePackage{interfaces-#1}}}%
}% \itf@LoadInterface
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\itf@Check@Package[1]{\itf@pgfkeys\ltx@ifpackageloaded{#1}
   {}
   {\PackageError{interfaces-#1}
      {The package `#1` must be loaded before `interfaces-#1`
      \MessageBreak Please refer to `interfaces.pdf` document
      \MessageBreak for correct usage of the `interfaces` package}\@ehd
   }%
}% \itf@Check@Package
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@AfterPackage}
% This is \cs{AfterPackage}\stform* but it works inside document.
% \xpackage{ltxcmds} provides \cs{ltx@ifpackageloaded} to check if a package is loaded
% and -- unlike \LaTeX's \cs{@ifpackageloaded} -- this macros is not restricted to the document preamble.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\itf@AfterPackage[1]{%
   \csname\ltx@ifpackageloaded{#1}{ltx@secondoftwo}{@AfterPackage}\endcsname{#1}%
}% \itf@AfterPackage
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Interfaces patches}
%
% First a warning for loading \xpackage{arydshln} after \xpackage{colortbl}.
% Those packages does not interact properly.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AfterPackage{colortbl}{%
   {\ltx@ifpackageloaded{arydshln}
      {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-base}
         {The package arydshln should be loaded after colortbl
         \MessageBreak because both redefine \string\@classz}}%
      {}}%
}% AfterPackage colortbl
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@preapptocmd}
%    The need for this macro has rised to make \cs{itf@patch} simpler.
%
%    This is also more secure to do \cs{pretocmd} and \cs{apptocmd} in
%    the same time, for the result (success or failure) is always the
%    same for both.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\itf@preapptocmd[5]{%
   \pretocmd#1{#2}%
      {\apptocmd#1{#3}%
         {#4}%
         {#5}}%
      {#5}%
}% \itf@preapptocmd
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@patch}
%    \cs{itf@patch} is used as a prefix to \cs{pretocmd}, \cs{apptocmd} and \cs{patchcmd}.
%
%    It's main purpose is to keep the information (\cs{PackageInfo}) in the case
%    \usepackage*{interfaces} has been put in a \cs{dump} format.
%
%    \cs{PackageInfo} is then deferred \cs{AtBeginDocument} time...
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@patch{\@makeother\#\futurelet\itf@tp\itf@patch@}
\def\itf@patch@{\csname itf@patch@%
      \ifx\itf@tp\patchcmd inside\else
      \ifx\itf@tp\itf@preapptocmd inside\else
      boundary\fi\fi
   \endcsname
}% \itf@patch@
\def\itf@patch@boundary#1#2#3#4#5{%
   \catcode`\#=6%
   \let\itf@tp#2%
   #1\itf@tp{#3}%
   {\let#2\itf@tp
    \AtBeginDocument{#4}% in order to keep this info even after \dump
   }
   {#5}%
}% \itf@patch@boundary (for \pretocmd and \apptocmd)
\def\itf@patch@inside#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
   \catcode`\#=6%
   \let\itf@tp#2%
   #1\itf@tp{#3}{#4}%
   {\ifx#1\patchcmd \itf@patch@inside@{#1}{#3}{#4}\fi
    \let#2\itf@tp
    \AtBeginDocument{#5}%
   }
   {#6}%
}% \itf@patch@inside (for \patchcmd)
\def\itf@patch@inside@#1#2#3{%
   \loop
      \let\@tempa \itf@tp
      #1\itf@tp{#2}{#3}{}{}%
      \unless\ifx \@tempa\itf@tp
   \repeat
}% \itf@patch@inside@
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Helper macros}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newskip\itf@sk
\newmuskip\itf@musk
\newtoks\itf@tk
\newcount\itf@cnt
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@strip@at}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@strip@dot}
%     \cs{itf@strip@at} removes all until \textt @\, while \cs{itf@strip@dot} removes the fractional part.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%   H E L P E R   M A C R O S
\begingroup\makeatother
   \csgdef{itf@strip@at}#1@{}
\endgroup
\def\itf@strip@dot#1.#2\@nil{#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@expandonceifcs}
%    This macro is used to expand or not a comma separated list.§
%    USAGE:  \cs{itf@expandonceifcs}\cs{macrototest}§
%    \cs{macrototest} is expanded once and its first token $\tau$ is placed into a temporary macro \cs{itf@tp}.§
%    If \cs{macrotest} equals \cs{itf@tp}: \cs{macrotest} is composed of that only token $\tau$, otherwise we leave and do nothing.§
%    Then we test \cs{noexpand}$\tau$ against \cs{relax} with \cs{ifcat}. If \textt{false} $\tau$ cannot be a macro then we leave.§
%    Then we test if $\tau$ is expandable: \cs{ifx}$\tau$=\cs{expandonce}$\tau$, $\tau$ is not expandable and we leave.
%    (may be \cs{def}$\tau$\M*{$\tau$} but it's not \textit{expandable}!).§
%    Otherwise,$\tau$ is expandable and \cs{macrotest} contains a single expandable token.
%    Thus \cs{macrotest} shall be expanded once:\, \cs{let}\cs{macrotest}=$\tau$.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@expandonceifcs#1{\expandafter\itf@exp@ndonceifcs\expandafter#1#1Q\@nnil}
\def\itf@exp@ndonceifcs#1#2#3\@nnil{%
   \def\itf@tp{#2}%
   \ifx\itf@tp#1%
   \ifcat\relax\noexpand#2%
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\remove@to@nnil
         \expandafter\ifx\expandafter#2#2\@nnil\else\@nnil\let#1#2\fi
   \fi\fi
}% \itf@exp@ndonceifcs
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Numbers}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@number}
%    \cs{itf@number} tries to get a number from its argument, and stores the result
%    into the TeX count register given as first argument. Same syntax as \LaTeX \cs{@defaultunits}.
%
%    A number is an integer that can be assigned to a count register, may be followed
%    by one or more \cs{relax}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%   G E T   A   N U M B E R (if possible)
%% USAGE: \itf@number\count<text>\relax\@nnil (like \@defaultunits)
\def\itf@number#1#2\relax\@nnil{% \relax is to mimick the syntax of \@defaultunits
   \afterassignment\itf@number@#1\number0#2\relax\itf@number@
}
\def\itf@number@#1\relax#2\itf@number@{%
   \ifblank{#1}
      {\itf@number@@{}#2\itf@number@@\@nnil
      \csname ltx@\ifx\@let@token\itf@number@@
         first\else second\fi oftwo\endcsname}
      \ltx@secondoftwo
}% \itf@number@
\def\itf@number@@#1{\futurelet\@let@token\itf@number@@@}
\def\itf@number@@@{%
   \csname \ifx\@let@token\relax itf@number@@%
   \else remove@to@nnil%
   \fi \endcsname
}% \itf@number@@@
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Units and math units}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@setlength}
%
%    To be able to write: \cs{pgfkeys}\M*{key=\cs{widthof\M*{some text}}} (package \xpackage{calc}),
%    \thispackage[interfaces-base] defines \cs{itf@setlength}:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\protected\def\itf@setlength#1#2{#1\glueexpr#2\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@units@scale}
%
%    For multiplication of units: \cs{glueexpr}...\cs{relax}*\cs{itf@units@scale}\meta{scaling factor}!
%
%    The scaling factor can be a fraction or a real number. Real numbers are approximated by a fraction
%    of 65536.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% glue * 1.5 = glue * 98302 / 65536
%% glue * 3/2 = glue * 3/2
\def\itf@units@scale#1!{\itf@units@scale@normalize#1/\@nnil/\@nil}
\def\itf@units@scale@normalize#1/#2/#3\@nil{%
   \ifx#2\@nnil \number\dimexpr#1pt\relax/65536
   \else#1/#2
   \fi
}% \itf@units@scale@normalize
\def\itf@units@scaleNoCalc#1!{\itf@units@scale@normalizeNoCalc#1/\@nnil/\@nil}
\let\itf@units@scale@normalizeNoCalc \itf@units@scale@normalize
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@setlength@calc}
%
%    The version for the \xpackage{calc} package. \xpackage{calc} removes stretch
%    and shrink components of glues when a scaling operation is done using \cs{real}
%    or \cs{ratio}. This limitation is lifted for \textt{key=value} assignments.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@units@scale@normalize@calc}
%
%    The version of \cs{itf@units@scale@normalize} when using the \xpackage{calc} package.
%
%    \cs{ratio} is used.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\protected\def\itf@setlength@calc#1#2{\begingroup
   \let\calc@multiply@by@real \itf@calc@multiply@by@real
   \let\calc@Adimen \itf@calc@Askip  \let\calc@Bdimen \itf@calc@Bskip
   \setlength{#1}{#2}%
   \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter#1\the#1\relax
}% \itf@setlength@calc
\def\itf@units@scale@normalize@calc#1/#2/#3\@nil{%
   \ifx#2\@nnil 1*\ratio{\dimexpr#1pt\relax}\p@
   \else        1*\ratio{\dimexpr#1pt\relax}/{\dimexpr#2pt\relax}%
   \fi
}% \itf@units@scale@normalize@calc
\def\itf@calc@multiply@by@real#1{%
   \calc@Bdimen\glueexpr\calc@B*\number\dimexpr#1pt\relax/65536\relax
   \calc@B\calc@Bdimen
}% \itf@calc@multiply@by@real
\AfterPackage*{calc}{%
   \newskip\itf@calc@Askip \newskip\itf@calc@Bskip
   \let\itf@setlength \itf@setlength@calc
   \let\itf@units@scale@normalize \itf@units@scale@normalize@calc
}% AfterPackage calc
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@strip@mu}
%
% This is the equivalent of \LaTeX's \cs{strip@pt} but for math units:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%   U N I T S   F O R   D I M E N S
\def\itf@strip@mu{\expandafter\itf@rem@mu\the}
{%
\@makeother\M\@makeother\U
\lowercase{%
   \gdef\itf@rem@mu#1.#2MU{#1\ifnum#2>\z@.#2\fi}%
}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@units@pttomu}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@units@mutopt}
%
% $1 mu$ is exactly $1 em / 18$ where the $em$ is taken from \cs{textfont}2.
%
% Thus the scaling: \cs{fontdimen}$6$\cs{textfont}$2*100/1800$.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% \skip = \itf@units@mutopt \muskip
\def\itf@units@pttomu#1{\gluetomu\glueexpr
   \glueexpr#1\relax*1800/%
      \expandafter\itf@strip@dot\the\dimexpr
            \fontdimen6\textfont2*100\relax.\@nil
   \relax
}% \itf@units@pttomu
\def\itf@units@mutopt#1{\glueexpr
   \mutoglue\muexpr#1\relax*
      \expandafter\itf@strip@dot\the\dimexpr
            \fontdimen6\textfont2*100\relax.\@nil/1800
   \relax
}% \itf@units@mutopt
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@units@mu}
%
% Forces a dimension to be expressed in terms of math units ($mu$), convert if needed.
% \cs{cftdotsep} in \xpackage{tocloft}
% is expressed in math units.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% \muskip = \itf@units@mu{ \skip or \muskip or number}
{%
\@makeother\P\@makeother\T\@makeother\S\@makeother\B
\@makeother\C\@makeother\M\@makeother\D\@makeother\I\@makeother\N
\lowercase{%
\gdef\itf@units@mu#1#2{\begingroup
   \edef\itf@tp{#2}%
   \@tfor\x:={PT}{pt}{PC}{pc}{IN}{in}{BP}{bp}%
             {CM}{cm}{MM}{mm}{DD}{dd}{CC}{cc}{SP}{sp}\do{%
      \@expandtwoargs\in@\x\itf@tp\ifin@\@break@tfor\fi
   }%
   \expandafter\endgroup
   \ifin@
      #1=\itf@units@pttomu{#2}%
   \else
      \@defaultunits#1 #2mu\relax\@nnil
   \fi
}% \itf@units@mu
}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@units@pt}
%
%  Conversely, forces a unit to be expressed in terms of points. Convert (from $mu$) if needed.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% \skip = \itf@units@pt( \muskip or \skip or number )
{%
\@makeother\M\@makeother\U
\lowercase{%
\gdef\itf@units@pt#1#2{\begingroup
   \@expandtwoargs\in@{MU}{#2}%
   \ifin@\else\@expandtwoargs\in@{mu}{#2}\fi
   \expandafter\endgroup
   \ifin@
      #1=\itf@units@mutopt{#2}%
   \else
      \@defaultunits#1 #2pt\relax\@nnil
   \fi
}}}% \itf@units@pt
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Default color}
%
% A trick about \cs{normalcolor}, which refers to \cs{default@color}:
%
% \cs{default@color} is not expressed in terms of a color model. Therefore, it is not
% possible to convert it into a universally correct parameter for the \cs{color} command.
% That's why, for example, \cs{bookmark} ignore blank parameter for \textt{color}: because
% it can do nothing with \cs{normalcolor} !
%
% Solution: if a color named ``\textt{default}'' has been defined in the preamble, then it is
% used as the default color. Otherwise, we define, \cs{AtBeginDocument} a color named ``default''
%
% If \xpackage{xcolor} is loaded, an assignment: \cs{colorlet}\M*{default}\M*{.} is made
% \cs{AtBeginDocument}. If only \xpackage{color} is loaded, then \cs{color}\M*{default}
% means \cs{color}\M*{\cs{default@color}} (this syntax is not admissible with \xpackage{xolor},
% but it works with \xpackage{color}).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \ltx@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}
      {\@ifundefinedcolor{default}
         {\colorlet{default}{.}}
         {}}%
      {\ltx@ifpackageloaded{color}
         {\@ifundefined{\string\color @default}
            {\expandafter\def\csname\string\color @default\endcsname{\default@color}}
            {}}%
      {}}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</base>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[LaTeX]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*LaTeX>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-LaTeX}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 pgfkeys macros for LaTeX (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@pgfkeys
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{changefont}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\changefont}
%    First use of \cs{pgfkeys} handlers \handler/.store as glue in cs/ , \handler/.estore as dimen in cs/...
%    The handlers create the \stform+\, \stform-\, and \stform*\, keys automatically. As far as the
%    \stform+\, \stform-\, and \stform* keys invoke the main key, it is possible to \handler/.append code/
%    to the main key, without taking care of the \stform+\, \stform-\, and \stform*\, keys.
%
%    The \handler/.alias\stform*/ handler creates the aliases for the main key and
%    the \stform+\, \stform-\, and \stform*\, keys in one shot.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\changefont[1]{\itf@pgfkeys
   \pgfqkeys{/itf/LaTeX/changefont}{#1}\selectfont
}% \changefont
\AfterPackage*{hyperref}
   {\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\changefont\@gobble}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfqkeys{/itf/LaTeX/changefont}{%
   encoding/.code=\fontencoding{#1},encoding/.value required,%
      enc/.alias=encoding,%
   family/.code=\fontfamily{#1},family/.value required,%
      fam/.alias=family,%
   series/.code=\fontseries{#1},series/.value required,%
      ser/.alias=series,%
   shape/.code=\fontshape{#1},shape/.value required,%
      sha/.alias=shape,%
   size/.estore as dimen in cs=f@size,%
   size/.append code=\set@fontsize\f@linespread\f@size\f@baselineskip,%
      siz/.alias*=size,%
   baselineskip/.estore as glue in cs=f@baselineskip,%
   baselineskip/.append code=\set@fontsize\f@linespread\f@size\f@baselineskip,%
      skip/.alias*=baselineskip,%
   @linespread/.estore as dimen,%
   @linespread/.append code=
      \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/@linespread}\pgfkeys@temp
      \ifx\pgfkeys@temp\@empty \let\pgfkeys@temp \p@ \fi
      \edef\f@linespread{\expandafter\rem@pt\pgfkeys@temp}%
      \set@fontsize\f@linespread\f@size\f@baselineskip,%
   @linespread/.initial=\p@,%
   linespread/.code=\@defaultunits\itf@sk #1pt\relax\@nnil
                    \pgfkeysalso{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/@linespread=\itf@sk},%
   linespread+/.code=\@defaultunits\itf@sk #1pt\relax\@nnil
                     \pgfkeysalso{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/@linespread+=\itf@sk},%
   linespread-/.code=\@defaultunits\itf@sk #1pt\relax\@nnil
                     \pgfkeysalso{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/@linespread-=\itf@sk},%
   linespread*/.alias=@linespread*,%
      spread/.alias*=linespread,%
}% \pgfkeys definitions for \changefont
\itf@AfterPackage{color}{%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/color/.@cmd}{}
      {\pgfkeys{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/color/.code=\color{#1}}}%
}% AfterPackage color
\itf@AfterPackage{xcolor}{%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/color/.@cmd}{}
      {\pgfkeys{/itf/LaTeX/changefont/color/.code=\color{#1}}}%
}% AfterPackage xcolor
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{quickprofile}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\quickprofile}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\quickprofile{\begingroup \afterassignment \itf@quickprofile \count@}
\def\itf@quickprofile{\afterassignment \itf@profileloop \toks@}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@profileloop{%
   \edef\itf@N {\the\count@}\let\itf@n \z@
   \edef\itf@time{\the\pdfelapsedtime}%
   \loop
      \message{^^JProfiler: step \number\itf@n}%
      \setbox\z@=\vbox{{\the\toks@}}%
      \count@ \itf@n\advance\count@ \@ne
      \ifnum \count@<\itf@N
         \edef\itf@n{\the\count@}%
   \repeat
   \message{^^J(interfaces) quickprofile: Time elapsed for \itf@N\space cycles:
   \the\numexpr(\pdfelapsedtime-\itf@time-32767)/65536\relax sec
   \the\numexpr\numexpr(\pdfelapsedtime-\itf@time)
      -\numexpr(\pdfelapsedtime-\itf@time-32767)/65536\relax*65536\relax
       *1000/65536\relax ms}%
   \endgroup
}% \itf@profileloop
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</LaTeX>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \Subsection[TikZ]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*tikz>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-tikz}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 load tikz libraries easily (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@pgfkeys
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Catcode verifications}
%
% Some languages (french) changes the catcode of punctuations symbols: \textt: and \textt!
% are active, and this is bad for tikz calculations.
%
% \cs{tikzset}\M*{every picture/.style={\cs{@makeother}...}} solves the problem.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% Some catcode checking
\AfterPackage*{tikz}{%
   \AtEndPreamble{%
      \tikzset{every picture/.add style={%
            /utils/exec={\@makeother\!\@makeother\:}}{}}%
   }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{List of pgf/TikZ packages and libraries}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\alltikzpackages}
%    Record ``modules'' that must be loaded with \cs{usepackage}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\alltikzpackages{%
   tikz,pgf,pgfcore,pgfcalendar,pgffor,pgfkeys,pgfpages,pgfrcs,xxcolor,%
   pgfplots,pgfsys,
   pgfpict2e,fp%%,%           + fp required for fixedpointarithmetic
%%   tikzexternal,%% needs special setup
%%   pgfmath,% pgfmath should not be loaded twice (\pgfmathdeclarefunction)
}% \alltikzpackages
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\allpgfmodules}
%    Record modules that must be loaded with \cs{usepgfmodule}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\allpgfmodules{datavisualization,%
decorations,%
matrix,%
oo,%
parser,%
plot,%
shapes,%
snakes%
%%sorting% bug in pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
}% \allpgfmodules
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\alltikzlibraries}
%    Record modules that must be loaded with \cs{usetizlibrary}.
%
%    If a module is a module is not found in any of the three lists \cs{alltikzpackage},\,
%    \cs{allpgfmodules},\, and\, \cs{alltikzlibraries}\, then \cs{usetikzlibrary} is used by default.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\alltikzlibraries{3d,%
arrows,%
automata,%
backgrounds,%
calc,%
calendar,%
chains,%
circuits,%
circuits.ee,%
circuits.ee.IEC,%
circuits.logic,%
circuits.logic.CDH,%
circuits.logic.IEC,%
circuits.logic.US,%
datavisualization,%
datavisualization.3d,%
datavisualization.barcharts,%
datavisualization.formats.functions,%
datavisualization.polar,%
datavisualization.sparklines,%
decorations,%
decorations.footprints,%
decorations.fractals,%
decorations.markings,%
decorations.pathmorphing,%
decorations.pathreplacing,%
decorations.shapes,%
decorations.text,%
er,%
%%external,% needs special setup
fadings,%
fit,%
fixedpointarithmetic,%
folding,%
fpu,%
graphs,%
graphs.basic,%
intersections,%
lindenmayersystems,%
matrix,%
mindmap,%
patterns,%
petri,%
plothandlers,%
plotmarks,%
positioning,%
scopes,%
shadings,%
shadows,%
shapes,%
shapes.arrows,%
shapes.callouts,%
shapes.gates.logic.IEC,%
shapes.gates.logic.US,%
shapes.geometric,%
shapes.misc,%
shapes.multipart,%
shapes.symbols,%
snakes,%
spy,%
svg.path,%
through,%
topaths,%
trees,%
turtle%
}% \alltikzlibraries
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{pgfkeys definitions for \cs{usetikz}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfqkeys{/itf/tikz}{%
   basic/.code={%
      \usetikzlibrary{calc,%           for coordinate calculations
                      arrows,%         for arrows
                      backgrounds,%    for framed
                      scopes,%         for scopes and shortcut : { [scope] ... }
                      shapes,%         for ellipse shapes of nodes
      }%
   },%
   basic/.value forbidden,%   \alltikzpackages
   base/.alias=basic,%
   all/.code={%
      \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\alltikzpackages}%
      \expandafter\usepgfmodule\expandafter{\allpgfmodules}% see pgfcorescopes.code.tex
      \expandafter\usetikzlibrary\expandafter{\alltikzlibraries}% from:  tikz.code.tex
   },%
   .unknown/.code=\itf@usetikzcode\pgfkeyscurrentname
}% \pgfkeys for \usetikz
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\usetikz}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\usetikz[1]{%
   \RequirePackage{tikz}%
   \ifblank{#1}
      {\pgfqkeys{/itf/tikz}{all}}
      {\pgfqkeys{/itf/tikz}{#1}}%
   \itf@usetikzsetup
}% \usetikz
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@usetikzsetup}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@usetikzsetup{\itf@pgfkeys
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/tikz/shorten>}{}{%
      \pgfkeys{/tikz/shorten>/.alias=tikz/shorten >}}%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/tikz/shorten<}{}{%
      \pgfkeys{/tikz/shorten</.alias=tikz/shorten <}}%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/tikz/shorten <>}{}{%
      \pgfkeys{/tikz/shorten <>/.style={/tikz/shorten >={##1},/tikz/shorten<={##1}}}}%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/tikz/shorten<>}{}{%
      \pgfkeys{/tikz/shorten<>/.alias=tikz/shorten <>}}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@usetikzcode}
%
%    For unknown keys: when a library is referenced.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\itf@usetikzcode[1]{\begingroup
   \edef\x{%
      \noexpand\in@{,#1,}{,\alltikzpackages,}%
      \noexpand\ifin@  \noexpand\usepackage{#1}%
      \noexpand\else
         \noexpand\in@{,#1,}{,\allpgfmodules,}%
         \noexpand\ifin@ \noexpand\usepgfmodule{#1}%
         \noexpand\else  \noexpand\usetikzlibrary{#1}% \usetikzlibrary by default
         \noexpand\fi
      \noexpand\fi
   }\expandafter\endgroup\x
}% \itf@usetikzcode
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{papergraduate}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\papergraduate}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\papergraduate[1][x=1cm,y=1cm]{%
   \ifpgfpicture  \expandafter \itf@papergraduate
   \else          \expandafter \itf@wallpapergraduate
   \fi{#1}%
}% \papergraduate
\pgfqkeys{/itf/tikz/papergraduate}{%
   xcolor/.store as color,%
      xcolor/.default=magenta,%
   ycolor/.store as color,%
      ycolor/.default=cyan,%
   color/.style={xcolor={#1},ycolor={#1}},%
   opacity/.initial=.25,opacity/.default=.25,opacity/.blank=.25,%
   x/.initial=1cm,x/.default=1cm,%
   y/.initial=1cm,y/.default=1cm,%
   unit/.style={x={#1},y={#1}},%
      units/.alias=unit,xy/.alias=unit,%
   xrule/.true=\pgfkeyslet{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/hasHrule}\@firstofone,%
   xrule/.false=\pgfkeyslet{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/hasHrule}\@gobble,%
   xrule/on/.alias=xrule/true,xrule/off/.alias=xrule/false,%
      Hrule/.alias=xrule,%
   xrule/font/.store as code,%
      xrule/font/.default=\tiny,%
      Hrule/font/.alias=xrule/font,%
   yrule/.true=\pgfkeyslet{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/hasVrule}\@firstofone,%
   yrule/.false=\pgfkeyslet{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/hasVrule}\@gobble,%
   yrule/on/.alias=yrule/true,yrule/off/.alias=yrule/false,%
      Vrule/.alias=yrule,%
   yrule/font/.store as code,%
      yrule/font/.default=\tiny,%
      Vrule/font/.alias=yrule/font,%
   font/.style={xrule/font={#1},yrule/font={#1}},%
      rule/font/.alias=font,%
   text opacity/.initial=.8,%
      text opacity/.default=.8,text opacity/.blank=.8,%
   norule/.style={xrule=false,yrule=false},%
      norules/.alias=norule,%
   @reset/.style={font,xrule,yrule,color,unit,opacity},%
}% keys for \papergraduate options
\def\itf@graduation@vert[#1]#2#3#4#5{%
   \node at (0,0) [{inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,anchor=south west,
                    color=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/ycolor},#1}] {%
      \hbox to#2{\leaders
            \hbox to\dimexpr\pgf@yy/#4{\hss\vrule height#3 depth\z@ width#5}\hss}}}
\def\itf@graduation@horiz[#1]#2#3#4#5{
   \node at (0,0) [{inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,anchor=north west,yscale=-1,
                    color=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/xcolor},#1}] {%
      \rlap{\vbox to#3{\leaders \vbox to\dimexpr\pgf@xx/#4{%
                  \kern-\dimexpr#5/2\hrule width#2 depth0pt height#5}\vss}}}}
\def\itf@wallpapergraduate #1{%
   \tikz[{remember picture,overlay}]{%
      \pgfqkeys{/itf/tikz/papergraduate}{@reset,#1}%
      \begin{scope}[{shift=(current page.south west),
                    x=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/x},%
                    y=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/y},%
                    text opacity=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/opacity}}]%
      \itf@paper@graduate \paperwidth \paperheight
      \end{scope}}%
}% \itf@wallpapergraduate
\def\itf@papergraduate #1#2;{%
   \begin{scope}[every node/.style={}]%
      \pgfqkeys{/itf/tikz/papergraduate}{@reset,#1}%
      \coordinate (itf@papergraduate) at #2;
      \@tempdima \pgf@x             \@tempdimb \pgf@y
      \pgfpointanchor {itf@papergraduate}{center}
      \advance\@tempdima -\pgf@x
            \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@ \@tempdima \m@ne\@tempdima \fi
      \advance\@tempdimb -\pgf@y
            \ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@ \@tempdimb \m@ne\@tempdimb \fi
      \edef\itf@tp{%
         \noexpand\begin{scope}[{shift={(\the\pgf@x,\the\pgf@y)},%
                    x=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/x},%
                    y=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/y},%
                    text opacity=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/opacity}}]%
            \noexpand\itf@paper@graduate {\the \@tempdima}{\the \@tempdimb}%
         \noexpand\end{scope}%
      }\itf@tp
   \end{scope}%
}% \paper@graduate
\def\itf@paper@graduate #1#2{\hfuzz\maxdimen\vfuzz\hfuzz\hbadness\@M\vbadness\hbadness
   \itf@graduation@horiz [text opacity/.expanded={\tikz@textopacity/2}] {#1}{#2}{10}{.1pt};%
   \itf@graduation@horiz []{#1}{#2}{2}{.1pt};% opacity=.25
   \itf@graduation@horiz []{#1}{#2}{1}{.2pt};
   \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/hasVrule}{%
      \itf@graduation@horiz [black,nearly opaque] {1mm}{#2}{10}{.1pt};% opacity=.75
      \itf@graduation@horiz [black,nearly opaque] {1.5mm}{#2}{2}{.1pt};
      \itf@graduation@horiz [black,opaque] {2mm}{#2}{1}{.1pt};
      \begin{scope}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,%
                    text opacity=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/text opacity},%
                    font=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/yrule/font}]%
        \begingroup
        \let\itf@tp \@empty \dimen@\z@  \count@\z@
        \@whiledim \dimen@<#2\do{%
            \edef\itf@tp{\itf@tp (3mm,\the\dimen@) node {\the\count@}}%
            \advance\count@ \@ne \dimen@ \count@\pgf@xx
        }\expandafter\endgroup\expandafter \path \itf@tp;
      \end{scope}}%
   \itf@graduation@vert [text opacity/.expanded={\tikz@textopacity/2}] {#1}{#2}{10}{.1pt};
   \itf@graduation@vert [] {#1}{#2}{2}{.1pt};
   \itf@graduation@vert [] {#1}{#2}{1}{.2pt};
   \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/hasHrule}{%
      \itf@graduation@vert [black,nearly opaque] {#1}{1mm}{10}{.1pt};
      \itf@graduation@vert [black,nearly opaque] {#1}{1.5mm}{2}{.1pt};
      \itf@graduation@vert [black,opaque] {#1}{2mm}{1}{.1pt};
      \begin{scope}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,%
                    text opacity=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/text opacity},%
                    font=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tikz/papergraduate/xrule/font}]%
        \begingroup
        \let\itf@tp \@empty \dimen@\z@  \count@\z@
        \@whiledim \dimen@<#1\do{%
            \edef\itf@tp{\itf@tp (\the\dimen@,3mm) node {\the\count@}}%
            \advance\count@ \@ne \dimen@ \count@\pgf@xx
        }\expandafter\endgroup\expandafter \path \itf@tp;
      \end{scope}}%
}% \itf@paper@graduate
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</tikz>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \sectionformat\subsection{bookmark/color=db}
% \Subsection[titlesec]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*titlesec>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-titlesec}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 pgfkeys macros for titlesec (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\RequirePackage{auxhook}% <fix for \ttlp@append (odd/even pages)>
\RequirePackage{gettitlestring}
\itf@Check@Package{titlesec}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{titlesec modifications}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%   t i t l e s e c   "p a t c h e s"
\robustify\titleclass   \robustify\titleformat  \robustify\titlespacing
\AddLineBeginMainAux{%
   \string\providecommand\string\ttlp@append[2]{}%
}
\BeforeFile*{ttlkeys.def}{%
   \expandafter\edef\csname itf@ttlkeys.def\endcsname{%
         \catcode32 \the\catcode32\relax
         \catcode37 \the\catcode37\relax
         \endlinechar\the\endlinechar\relax}%
   \catcode37 14\relax     % percent=comment (inside .dtx files...)
   \catcode32 9\relax      % ignore spaces
   \endlinechar\m@ne       % and line feeds
}
\AfterFile*{ttlkeys.def}{\csname itf@ttlkeys.def\endcsname}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\ttlh@runinifempty}
%
%    A ``new'' shape which behaves like \texttbf{hang} but no paragraph break
%    is inserted if the title is empty. Hence the name: \textttbf{runinifempty}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
%% runinifempty =>  like hang but no paragraph break (like runin) if title is empty
\def\ttlh@runinifempty{%
   \csname ttlh@\ifx\ttl@savetitle\@empty runin\else hang\fi\endcsname
}% \ttlh@runinifempty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{sectionformat}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\sectionformat}
%    \cs{sectionformat}\cs{subsection}\stform*\M[shape]\M{key=value}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\sectionformat[1]{\@ifstar
   {\itf@sectionformat{#1}{/*}}
   {\itf@sectionformat{#1}{}}%
}% \sectionformat
\def\itf@sectionformat#1#2{\@testopt
   {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%
      \itf@sectionf@rmat\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\@nil{#2}}{}%
}% \sectionformat
\def\itf@sectionf@rmat#1\@nil#2[#3]#4{\itf@pgfkeys\ifblank{#3}
   {\pgfqkeys{/itf/titlesec/#1#2}
      {/itf/titlesec/@setup={#1}{#2},#4,/itf/titlesec/@update={#1}{#2}}}
   {\pgfqkeys{/itf/titlesec/#1#2}
      {/itf/titlesec/@setup={#1}{#2},#4,shape={#3},/itf/titlesec/@update={#1}{#2}}}%
}% \itf@ttl@sectionformat
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@ttl@setup}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@ttl@getformat}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@ttl@getspacing}
%    Macros used to retrieve the values set by \cs{titleformat} and/or \cs{titlespacing}. This allows
%    to use \cs{sectionformat} concurrently with \cs{titleformat} and \cs{titlespacing} provided by
%    \xpackage{titlesec}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% private keys @setup and @update
\pgfqkeys{/itf/titlesec}{%
   @setup/.code 2 args=\itf@ttl@setup{#1}{#2},%
   @update/.code 2 args=\expandafter\itf@ttl@update
                  \csname#1\endcsname{/itf/titlesec/#1}{#2}%
}
\newrobustcmd*\itf@ttl@setup[2]{%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/titlesec/#1#2/shape}{}
      {\itf@ttl@newsection{#1}{#2}}%
   \ifcsundef{ttls@#1#2}{}% no previous spacing settings
      {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%
       \itf@ttl@getspacing\csname ttls@#1#2\endcsname{/itf/titlesec/#1#2}}%
   \ifcsundef{ttlf@#1#2}{}% no previous format settings
      {\ifttl@explicit
       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%
       \itf@ttl@getformat\csname ttlf@#1#2\endcsname{}{/itf/titlesec/#1#2}%
       \else
       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%
       \itf@ttl@getformat\csname ttlf@#1#2\endcsname{/itf/titlesec/#1#2}%
       \fi}%
}% \itf@ttl@setup
\def\itf@ttl@setkey#1#2{\begingroup
   \def\x{\pgfkeysvalueof{#1}}\def\y{#2}%
   \expandafter\endgroup\ifx\x\y\else
      \pgfkeyssetvalue{#1}{#2}\fi
}% \itf@ttl@setkey
\def\itf@ttl@getspacing#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#6/left}{#1}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#6/right}{#2}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#6/top}{#3}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#6/bottom}{#4}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#6/indent first}{#5}%
}% \itf@ttl@getspacing
\def\itf@ttl@getformat#1#2{%
   \csname ltx@\ifx\pgfkeysvalueof#1first\else second\fi oftwo\endcsname
      {\itf@ttl@get@format{}}
      {\itf@ttl@get@format{#1}{#2}}%
}% \itf@ttl@getformat
\def\itf@ttl@get@format#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
   \if\relax\detokenize{#1}\relax\else
   \pgfkeysEsetvalue{#7/shape}{\expandafter\itf@strip@at\string#1}%
   \fi
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#7/font}{#2}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#7/label}{#3}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#7/sep}{#4}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#7/before}{#5}%
   \itf@ttl@setkey{#7/after}{#6}%
}% \itf@ttl@get@format
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@ttl@update}
%    This macros plugs the values set before with \cs{pgfkeys} into the
%    special macros \cs{ttlf@\meta{section}} (for format) and \cs{ttls@\meta{section}} (for spacing).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\itf@ttl@update[3]{%
   \ifblank{#3}
      {\ttl@getkeys{#1}{titlesec}}
      {\ttl@getkeys{name=#1,numberless}{titlesec}}%
   \pgfkeysgetvalue{#2#3/shape}\itf@tp
   \ifcsundef{ttlh@\itf@tp}
      {\begingroup \makeatletter
      \InputIfFileExists{\itf@tp.tss}{}{%
      \PackageError{titlesec}{Unknown shape}%
         {Shapes are defined in files with extension tss\MessageBreak
         Either you have misspelled the shape\MessageBreak
         or there is no a \itf@tp.tss file}}%
      \endgroup}
      {}%
   \ifttl@explicit \begingroup
      \pgfkeysgetvalue{#2#3/before}\pgfkeys@temp
      \toks@\expandafter{\pgfkeys@temp}%
      \edef\x{\endgroup\def\noexpand\itf@tp####1{\the\toks@}}%
      \x \pgfkeyslet{#2#3/before@cmd}\itf@tp
   \@temptokena{\csdef{ttlf@\ttl@a}##1}%
   \the\@temptokena{%
      \pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/shape@cs}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/font}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/label}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/sep}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/before@cmd}{##1}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/after}}}%
   \else\@temptokena{\csdef{ttlf@\ttl@a}}%
   \the\@temptokena{%
      \pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/shape@cs}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/font}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/label}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/sep}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/before}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/after}}}%
   \fi
   \csname ttl@compat\ttl@a\endcsname
   \ttl@spacing@ii
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/indent first}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/left}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/top}}%
      {\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/bottom}}%
      [\pgfkeysvalueof{#2#3/right}]%
}% \itf@ttl@update
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@ttl@titleclass}
%    This macro calls \cs{titleclass} to either:
%    \begin{itemize}[itemsep=0pt,topsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
%    \item change the class of an existing sectionning command;
%    \interitem or:
%    \item create a new sectionning command.
%    \end{itemize}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%----------------------------------------------------------------------------
%%   t i t l e c l a s s
\newrobustcmd*\itf@ttl@titleclass{\@ifstar
   {\itf@ttl@titleclass@i*}
   {\itf@ttl@titleclass@i{}}%
}% \itf@ttl@titleclass
\def\itf@ttl@titleclass@i#1#2#3[#4]#5\@nil{\ifblank{#4}
   {%
      \expandafter\titleclass\csname#2\endcsname{#3}%
   }
   {%
      \expandafter\titleclass\csname#2\endcsname{#3}[{#4}]% #4 = sup-level
      \if\relax#1\relax % not starred
         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%
            \itf@ttl@titleclass@ii\expandafter\@gobble\string#4\relax{#2}% \@addtoreset...
      \fi
   }%
   \expandafter\providecommand\csname l@#2\endcsname[2]{}% no entry in toc
}% \itf@ttl@titleclass@i
\def\itf@ttl@titleclass@ii#1\relax#2{%
   \ifcsundef{c@#2}
      {\newcounter{#2}[{#1}]}% creates counter for #1
      {\@addtoreset{#2}{#1}}%
   \csxdef{the#2}{%
      \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1\endcsname
      .\noexpand\@arabic\expandafter\noexpand\csname c@#2\endcsname
   }% \the#2
   \ifcsundef{l@#1}{}{%
      \expandafter\providecommand\csname l@#2\endcsname[2]{%
         \csname l@#1\endcsname{##1}{##2}%
      }% \l@#2 = \l@newsection is (by default) the same as \l@sup-level
   }%
}% \itf@ttl@titleclass@ii
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@ttl@createsection}
%    \qquad If \cs{sectionformat} is invoked with an unknown sectionning command (\ie an undefined macro
%    as first argument) then \cs{itf@ttl@createsection} is expanded in order to:
%    \begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*),topsep=0pt]
%    \item create the new sectionning command with \cs{titleclass},
%    \item create the \xpackage{pgfkeys} keys for this section,
%    \item do some additionnal setup if \thispackage[interfaces-hypbmsec] and/or \thispackage[interfaces-tocloft] are loaded.
%    \end{enumerate}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
%%   C r e a t i n g   n e w   s e c t i o n s
\def\itf@ttl@createsection#1{% sectionning command undefined: temporarily defined
   \expandafter\titleclass\csname#1\endcsname{straight}[*]%     in straight class
   \itf@AfterPackage{hypbmsec}{%
      \AfterPreamble{%
         \csletcs{hbs@#1}{#1}%
         \csxdef{#1}{\noexpand\hbs@do\expandafter\noexpand\csname hbs@#1\endcsname}%
      }%
   }%
   \itf@AfterPackage{interfaces-tocloft}{%
      \itf@cft@newsection{toc}{#1}%
   }%
   \itf@AfterPackage{interfaces-hypbmsec}{%
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1title\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1bookmark\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1toc\endcsname\relax
   }%
}% \itf@ttl@createsection
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \subsubsection{Keys for \cs{sectionformat}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@ttl@newsection}
%    This macro creates the \xpackage{pgfkeys} keys for each sectionning command.
%
%    The \xpackage{pgfkeys} keys are not created at once, but only when \cs{sectionformat} is invoked first.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
%%   D e f i n i n g   k e y s   f o r   e a c h   s e c t i o n
\def\itf@ttl@newsection#1#2{% #1=section, #2=/* or empty
   \ifcsundef{#1}% sectionning command undefined: temporarily defined in straight class
      {\itf@ttl@createsection{#1}}
      {}%
   \ifblank{#2}{%
      \pgfqkeys{/itf/titlesec/#1}{% these keys do not exist for starred sections
         class/.code=\itf@ttl@titleclass{#1}##1[]\@nil,% with \@addtoreset
            class/.value required,%                      if sup-level is given
            class*/.code=\itf@ttl@titleclass*{#1}##1[]\@nil,% without \@addtoreset
            class*/.value required,%                          even if sup-level is given
         shape/.initial=,% initial shapes set by titlesec.sty for not numbered sections.
         the#1/.store in cs=the#1,%
            the#1/.default=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/titlesec/#1/label},%
      }}
      {% starred section: unless titlesec, we do not put the default shape to hang,
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/titlesec/#1/shape}%but to the shape of the not starred
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/shape}\itf@tp}%     sectionning command
         {\def\itf@tp{hang}}%
      \pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1#2/shape}\itf@tp%
      }%
   \pgfqkeys{/itf/titlesec/#1#2}{%
      shape/.value required,%
      shape@cs/.initial=
         \csname ttlh@\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/titlesec/#1#2/shape}\endcsname,% constant
         shape@cs/.is private=interfaces-titlesec,% constant
      font/.store as code,%
         format/.alias*=font,%
      label/.store as code,%
      sep/.estore as glue,%
         labelsep/.alias*=sep,%
      before/.store as code,%
         before@cmd/.is private=interfaces-titlesec,%
      after/.store as code,%
      indent first/.true=\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1#2/indent first}{\@ne},%
      indent first/.false=\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1#2/indent first}{\z@},%
         identfirst/.alias=indent first,%
         indent first=true,%
      left/.estore as glue,%
      top/.estore as glue,%
      bottom/.estore as glue,%
      right/.estore as glue,%
      break/.code=\ifblank{##1}
                     {\cslet{#1break}\@empty}
                     {\protected\csdef{#1break}{##1}},%
         break*/.code=\protected\csappto{#1break}{##1},%
         break+/.alias=break*,%
      mark/.code=\ifblank{##1}
                  {\cslet{#1mark}\@gobble}
                  {\protected\long\csdef{#1mark}####1{##1}},%
         mark/.default=,%
   }% \pgfkeys
   \ifblank{#2}{% no default marks for stared (numberless) \section*
   \itf@AfterPackage{interfaces-marks}{% requires interfaces-marks
      \pgfkeys{/itf/titlesec/#1/mark/.default=\marksthe{#1}{##1}}%
   }% AfterPackage interfaces-mark
   \itf@AfterPackage{interfaces-bookmark}{% requires interfaces-bookmark
   \pgfqkeys{/itf/titlesec/#1}{% does not exist for starred sections
      bookmark/.is multiple choice,%
      bookmark/level/.estore in cs=toclevel@#1,% depth of the bookmark
         bookmark/level/.default=\ifcsvoid{ttll@#1}{99}{\csuse{ttll@#1}},%
         bookmark/level/.blank=\ifcsvoid{toclevel@#1}
            {\ifcsvoid{ttll@#1}{99}{\csuse{ttll@#1}}}{\csuse{toclevel@#1}},%
         bookmark/toclevel/.alias=bookmark/level,%
      bookmark/bold/.code=\ifblank{##1}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/bold}\@empty}
         {\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/bold}{bold=##1,}},%
         bookmark/bold/.default=true,%
      bookmark/bold*/.code=\ifblank{##1}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/bold*}\@empty}
         {\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/bold*}{bold*=##1,}},%
         bookmark/bold*/.default=true,%
      bookmark/italic/.code=\ifblank{##1}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/italic}\@empty}
         {\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/italic}{italic=##1,}},%
         bookmark/italic/.default=true,%
      bookmark/italic*/.code=\ifblank{##1}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/italic*}\@empty}
         {\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/italic}{italic*=##1,}},%
         bookmark/italic*/.default=true,%
      bookmark/color/.code=\ifblank{##1}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/color}\@empty}
         {\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/color}{color=##1,}},%
         bookmark/color/.default=,%
      bookmark/color*/.code=\ifblank{##1}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/color*}\@empty}
         {\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/color*}{color*=##1,}},%
         bookmark/color*/.default=,%
      bookmark/on/.code=\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/on}{disable=false,},%
         bookmark/on/.value forbidden,%
      bookmark/off/.code=\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/on}{disable=true,},%
         bookmark/off/.value forbidden,%
         bookmark/none/.alias=bookmark/off,%
      bookmark/on*/.code=\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/on*}{disable*=false,},%
      bookmark/off*/.code=\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/on*}{disable*=true,},%
         bookmark/none*/.alias=bookmark/off*,%
         bookmark/disable*/.alias=bookmark/off*,%
      bookmark/style/.code=\ifblank{##1}
            {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/style}\@empty}
            {\pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/style}{style=##1,}},%
         bookmark/style/.default=,%
      bookmark/.unknown/.code=\pgfkeysEsetvalue{/itf/titlesec/#1/bookmark/other}
                                                {\pgfkeyscurrentname={##1}},%
      bookmark/bold/.initial=,%
      bookmark/bold*/.initial=,%
      bookmark/italic/.initial=,%
      bookmark/italic*/.initial=,%
      bookmark/color/.initial=,%
      bookmark/color*/.initial=,%
      bookmark/on/.initial=,%
      bookmark/on*/.initial=,%
      bookmark/style/.initial=,%
   }}% \AfterPackage*{interfaces-bookmark}
   }% not starred (numberless) \section
   {}% starred/numberless \section*: do not create the keys
}% \itf@ttl@newsection
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline (patch)}
%    \patchlabel[prepend]{addcontentsline}
%
%    \qquad This modification of \cs{addcontentsline} occurs only if both \thispackage[interfaces-bookmark] \textbf{and}
%    \thispackage[interfaces-titlesec] are loaded. Implementation of the \textt[\pkgcolor]{bookmark} key and sub-keys
%    of \cs{sectionformat} for each sectionning command.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% bookmarks styles for sectionning commands:
\@makeother\#
\itf@AfterPackage{interfaces-bookmark}{%
   \itf@patch\itf@preapptocmd\addcontentsline             % #2=section name in
      {\begingroup\itf@ttl@BKM{/itf/titlesec/#2/bookmark}}%   \addcontentsline
      {\endgroup}
      {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-titlesec}
         {\string\addcontentsline\space successfully patched!}}
      {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-titlesec}
         {Patch of \string\addcontentsline\space failed
         \MessageBreak bookmark-style specs for sections
         \MessageBreak will be unavailable}}%
}% AfterPackage interfaces-bookmark
\catcode`\#=6
\def\itf@ttl@BKM#1{%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{#1/.@cmd}
      {%
      \edef\itf@tp{% do nothing if the keys are not set (shortcut)
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/bold}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/bold*}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/italic}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/italic*}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/color}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/color*}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/on}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/on*}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{#1/style}}%
      \ifx\itf@tp\@empty
      \else
         \global\pgfkeyslet{#1/bold*}\@empty
         \global\pgfkeyslet{#1/italic*}\@empty
         \global\pgfkeyslet{#1/color*}\@empty
         \global\pgfkeyslet{#1/on*}\@empty
         \expandafter\bookmarksetup\expandafter{\itf@tp}%
         \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/*}%
            {% \bookmarksetup{color*=} overwrites \sectionformat...{bookmark/color*=}
            \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/bookmark/*}\itf@tp
            \expandafter\bookmarksetup\expandafter{\itf@tp}%
            }
            {}%
      \fi}
      {}%
}% \itf@ttl@BKM
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \subsubsection{\cs{bottomtitles}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\bottomtitles}
%    This is a ``skip command'': it can be assigned a number or a skip.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
%%   b o t t o m t i t l e s
\newrobustcmd*\bottomtitles{\@ifnextchar\bgroup
   \itf@setbottomtitlespace
   {\afterassignment\itf@set@bottomtitle@space\itf@sk}%
}% \bottomtitles
\def\itf@setbottomtitlespace#1{%
   \@defaultunits\itf@sk#1\textheight\relax\@nnil
   \itf@set@bottomtitle@space
}% \itf@setbottomtitlespace
\def\itf@set@bottomtitle@space{\xdef\bottomtitlespace{\the\dimexpr\itf@sk}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</titlesec>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[hyperref]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*hyperref>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-hyperref}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 provides raised hyperdef (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@Check@Package{hyperref}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\raisedhyperdef}
%
%    The anchor is made with \cs{Hy@raisedlink}. The raised amount is used in \cs{HyperRaiseLinkHook}:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd\raisedhyperdef[4][]{\begingroup
   \ifblank{#1}
      {}
      {%
      \expandafter\def\expandafter\HyperRaiseLinkHook\expandafter{%
         \expandafter\def\expandafter\HyperRaiseLinkHook
            \expandafter{\HyperRaiseLinkHook}% restore current definition
         \HyperRaiseLinkHook
         \advance\noexpand\HyperRaiseLinkLength by\dimexpr#1\relax\relax}%
      }%
   \ifx \\#2\\\def \Hy@AnchorName {#3}\else
      \def \Hy@AnchorName {#2.#3}%
   \fi
   \ltx@leavevmode
   \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\Hy@AnchorName}\hyper@anchorend}%
   \endgroup
   #4%
}% \raisedhyperdef
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</hyperref>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[bookmark]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*bookmark>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-bookmark}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 more control on bookmarks (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\RequirePackage{interfaces-hyperref}
\RequirePackage{refcount}
\itf@Check@Package{bookmark}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \patchlabel[modif]{bookmark}
%    \begin{macro}{\\bookmark (patch)}
%    Implementation of \textt[\opt]{disable},\, and\, starred keys \stform*
%    (previous values must be restored after \cs{write}):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\itf@patch\expandafter\patchcmd\csname\string\bookmark\endcsname
   {\immediate\write\@mainaux}{\itf@BKM@write}
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-bookmark}
      {\expandafter\string\csname\string\bookmark\endcsname\space
      successfully patched!}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-bookmark}
      {Command \expandafter\string\csname\string\bookmark\endcsname\space
      could not be patched\MessageBreak
      Loading of interfaces-bookmark is canceled}%
      \endinput}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{star keys\texorpdf\stform* definitions}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\itf@BKM@enable\@ne % 0 = disable*, 1=enable, \@M = disable
\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark}{%
   disable/.true=\global\let\itf@BKM@enable\@M,%
   disable/.false=\global\let\itf@BKM@enable\@ne,%
   disable*/.true=\global\let\itf@BKM@enable\z@,%
   disable*/.false=\global\let\itf@BKM@enable\@ne,%
   atend/.true=\ifnum\itf@BKM@enable>0\edef\itf@BKM@enable{\number-\itf@BKM@enable}\fi,%
   atend/.false=\ifnum\itf@BKM@enable<0\edef\itf@BKM@enable{\number-\itf@BKM@enable}\fi,%
   bold*/.true=\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark}{@save={bold=true}},%
   bold*/.false=\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark}{@save={bold=false}},%
   bold*/@blank/.code=\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark/@restore}{bold},%
   bold*/.blank=@blank,%
   italic*/.true=\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark}{@save={italic=true}},%
   italic*/.false=\pgfkeys{/itf/bookmark}{@save={italic=false}},%
   italic*/@blank/.code=\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark/@restore}{italic},%
   italic*/.blank=@blank,%
   color*/.code={\ifblank{#1}
      {\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark/@restore}{color}}
      {\pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark}{@save={color={#1}}}}%
   },%
   @save/.code={%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}{}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}\BKM@color}%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}{}
         {\pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}\BS@BKM@FontStyle}%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/grouplevel}{}
         {\pgfkeysEsetvalue{/itf/bookmark/@save/grouplevel}{\the\currentgrouplevel}}%
      \pgfkeysaddvalue{/itf/bookmark/*}{}{,#1}%
      \bookmarksetup{#1}%
   },%
   @restore/color/.code=%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}\BKM@color}
         {},%
   @restore/FontStyle/.code=%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}\BS@BKM@FontStyle}
         {},%
   @restore/.code={%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}\BKM@color}
         {}%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}\BS@BKM@FontStyle}
         {}%
      \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/grouplevel}
         {% shortcut: \bookmarksetup{bold*} called inside main group (level 0)
         \ifnum\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/bookmark/@save/grouplevel}=\z@
            \global\pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}\@undefined
            \global\pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}\@undefined
            \global\pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/grouplevel}\@undefined
            \global\pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/*}\@undefined
            \global\let\BKM@color\BKM@color
            \global\let\BS@BKM@FontStyle\BS@BKM@FontStyle
         \else % restore after each group as needed
            \pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/FontStyle}\@undefined
            \pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/color}\@undefined
            \pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/*}\@undefined
            \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\z@
               \aftergroup\itf@BKM@restore
            \else
               \pgfkeyslet{/itf/bookmark/@save/grouplevel}\@undefined
         \fi\fi
         }
         {}%
   },%
   @restore/bold/.code={% bold is "hidden" in \BS@BKM@FontStyle
      \begingroup
         \edef\itf@tp{\bookmarkget{bold}}%
         \pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark/@restore}{FontStyle}%
         \count@=\bookmarkget{bold}%
         \edef\itf@tp{\endgroup
            \ifnum\itf@tp=\count@
            \else \noexpand\bookmarksetup{%
                        bold\ifcase\count@ =false\fi}\fi
         }\itf@tp},%
   @restore/italic/.code={% italic is "hidden" in \BS@BKM@FontStyle
      \begingroup
         \edef\itf@tp{\bookmarkget{italic}}%
         \pgfqkeys{/itf/bookmark/@restore}{FontStyle}%
         \count@=\bookmarkget{italic}%
         \edef\itf@tp{\endgroup
            \ifnum\itf@tp=\count@
            \else \noexpand\bookmarksetup{%
                        italic\ifcase\count@ =false\fi}\fi
         }\itf@tp},%
}
\def\itf@BKM@restore{%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/bookmark/@save/grouplevel}
      {\pgfkeysalso{/itf/bookmark/@restore}}
      {}%
}% \itf@BKM@restore
%% Plug the BKM keys in the interfaces pgfkeys (not efficient but quickly written...)
\define@key{BKM}{disable}[true]{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfkeysalso{/itf/bookmark/disable={#1}}}
\define@key{BKM}{disable*}[true]{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfkeysalso{/itf/bookmark/disable*={#1}}}
\define@key{BKM}{bold*}[true]{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfkeysalso{/itf/bookmark/bold*={#1}}}
\define@key{BKM}{italic*}[true]{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfkeysalso{/itf/bookmark/italic*={#1}}}
\define@key{BKM}{color*}[]{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfkeysalso{/itf/bookmark/color*={#1}}}
\define@key{BKM}{atend}[true]{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfkeysalso{/itf/bookmark/atend={#1}}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@BKM@write}
%    \begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*),topsep=0pt,parsep=0pt,itemsep=0pt]
%    \item check if the bookmark is disable
%    \item restore previous values in case starred\stform* keys have been set.
%    \end{enumerate}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@BKM@write#1{%
   \aftergroup\itf@BKM@restore
   \ifcase\itf@BKM@enable
      \global\let\itf@BKM@enable\@ne
   \or
      \immediate\write\@mainaux{#1}%
   \else
      \ifcase -\itf@BKM@enable  % (case -0 = 0 tested before)
      \or                       % (case -1 = enable but At End)
         \let\itf@BKM@enable\@ne
         \edef\itf@tp{\immediate\write\@mainaux{#1}}%
         \expandafter\BookmarkAtEnd\expandafter{\itf@tp}%
      \fi
   \fi
}% \itf@BKM@write
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{\texttt{ref} and \texttt{pageref} keys}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@BKM@pageref}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% pageref=  key for \bookmark (using refcount : \getpagerefnumber)
\def\itf@BKM@pageref[#1]{%
   \expandafter\itf@BKM@@pageref
      \csname r@#1\endcsname{#1}%
}% \itf@BKM@pageref
\def\itf@BKM@@pageref#1#2{%
   \ifx#1\relax
      \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
      \@latex@warning{%
         Hyper reference `#2' on page \thepage \space undefined
         \MessageBreak for bookmark destination page
       }%
   \fi
   \edef\BKM@page{\getrefbykeydefault{#2}{page}{1}}%
}% \itf@BKM@@pageref
\define@key{BKM}{pageref}{%
   \Hy@babelnormalise\itf@BKM@pageref[{#1}]}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@BKM@ref}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% ref=  key for \bookmark
\def\itf@BKM@ref[#1]{%
   \expandafter\itf@BKM@@ref
      \csname r@#1\endcsname{#1}%
}% \itf@BKM@ref
\def\itf@BKM@@ref#1#2{%
   \ifx#1\relax
      \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
      \@latex@warning{%
         Hyper reference `#2' on page \thepage \space undefined
         \MessageBreak for bookmark destination
       }%
      \def\BKM@dest{??}%
   \else
      \edef\BKM@dest{\expandafter\@fourthoffive#1\@empty\@empty}%
   \fi
}% \BKM@@ref
\define@key{BKM}{ref}{%
   \Hy@babelnormalise\itf@BKM@ref[{#1}]}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</bookmark>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \Subsection[hypbmsec]
%
% \subsubsection{interfaces-hypbmsec}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*hypbmsec>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-hypbmsec}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 lastsection,title,anchor, etc. (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\RequirePackage{gettitlestring}
\itf@Check@Package{hypbmsec}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\hbs@do (patch)}
%    \patchlabel[redef]{hbs@do}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@hbs@do#1{%
   \xdef\itf@hbs@currentname{\expandafter\itf@strip@at\string#1}%
   \let\hbs@tocstring\relax % <for starred sections>
   \let\hbs@bmstring\relax  % <for starred sections>
   \@ifstar
      {\itf@hbs@ssect#1}%
      {\let\hbs@seccmd=#1\hbs@checkarg}%
}% \itf@hbs@do
\let\hbs@do\itf@hbs@do
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\hbs@process (patch)}
%    \patchlabel[prepend]{hbs@process}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\itf@patch\pretocmd\hbs@process{%
   \itf@hbs@process{#1}%
   }%
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-hypbmsec}
      {\string\hbs@process\space successfully patched}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-hypbmsec}
      {Command \string\hbs@process\space could not be patched
      \MessageBreak loading of `interfaces-hypbmsec` aborted
      \MessageBreak \string\lastsection\space will not work}%
      \endinput}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@hbs@ssect}
%
%    For starred sections:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\itf@hbs@ssect#1#2{% starred section
   \itf@Not@titlesec#1
      {\expandafter\itf@hbs@last@starred\expandafter{\itf@hbs@currentname}{#2}}
      {\let\itf@hbs@last\itf@hbs@last@starred@ttl}% <expanded at \ttl@finmarks>
   #1*{#2}%
}% \itf@hbs@ssect
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@hbs@process}
%
%    For non-starred sections:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\itf@hbs@process#1{% not starred
   \itf@Not@titlesec \hbs@seccmd
      {%
      \ifdefined\hyper@anchor
         \expandafter\itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl@Hy\expandafter{\itf@hbs@currentname}{#1}%
      \else
         \expandafter\itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl\expandafter{\itf@hbs@currentname}{#1}%
      \fi
      }%
      {\let\itf@hbs@last \itf@hbs@last@nostar@ttl}% <expanded at \ttl@finmarks>
}% \itf@hbs@process
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@hbs@last@starred}
%
%    Update the values of \cs{lastsectiontitle} \etc. for starred sections:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\itf@hbs@last@starred#1#2{% <expanded immediately>
   \GetTitleString{#2}\let\itf@hbs@currenttitle\GetTitleStringResult
   \begingroup
      \let\@elt \itf@resetlastsections
      \globaldefs \@ne
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1title\endcsname\itf@hbs@currenttitle
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1toc\endcsname\@empty
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1bookmark\endcsname\@empty
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1anchor\endcsname\relax
      \let\lastsectionname \itf@hbs@currentname
      \csname cl@#1\endcsname
   \endgroup
}% \itf@hbs@last@starred
\def\itf@hbs@last@starred@ttl{% <expanded at \ttl@finmarks>
   \global\let\itf@hbs@last \@empty
   \expandafter\itf@hbs@last@starred
      \expandafter\itf@hbs@currentname \expandafter{\ttl@savetitle}%
}% \itf@hbs@last@starred@ttl
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@hbs@last@nostar}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@hbs@last@nostar@ttl}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl@Hy}
%
%    Update de values of \cs{lastsectiontitle} \etc. for non-starred sections:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\itf@hbs@last@nostar#1#2{%
   \GetTitleString{#2}\let\itf@hbs@currenttitle\GetTitleStringResult
   \begingroup
      \let\@elt \itf@resetlastsections
      \globaldefs \@ne
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1title\endcsname\itf@hbs@currenttitle
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1toc\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname \ifx\hbs@tocstring\relax
               itf@hbs@currenttitle\else hbs@tocstring\fi \endcsname
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1bookmark\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname \ifx\hbs@bmstring\relax
                           last#1toc\else hbs@bmstring\fi \endcsname
      \expandafter\let\csname last#1anchor\endcsname\HyperLocalCurrentHref
      \let\lastsectionname \itf@hbs@currentname
      \csname cl@#1\endcsname
   \endgroup
}% \itf@hbs@last@starred
\def\itf@hbs@last@nostar@ttl{% <expanded at \ttl@finmarks>
   \global\let\itf@hbs@last \@empty
   \expandafter\itf@hbs@last@nostar
         \expandafter\itf@hbs@currentname \expandafter{\ttl@savetitle}%
}% \itf@hbs@last@nostar@ttl
\long\def\itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl#1#2{% <expanded at \cl@section>
   \expandafter\let\expandafter\itf@hbs@cl@ORI\csname cl@#1\endcsname
   \expandafter\def\csname cl@#1\endcsname{%
      \expandafter\let\csname cl@#1\endcsname\itf@hbs@cl@ORI
      \itf@hbs@cl@ORI
      \itf@hbs@last@nostar {#1}{#2}}%
}% \itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl
\long\def\itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl@Hy#1#2{% <expanded at \hyper@anchorend>
   \begingroup
   \toks@\expandafter{%
      \expandafter\def\expandafter\hyper@anchorend
                     \expandafter{\hyper@anchorend}%
      \itf@hbs@last@nostar{#1}{#2}}%
   \edef\x{\endgroup
      \def\noexpand\hyper@anchorend{\the\toks@}%
   }\x
}% \itf@hbs@last@nostar@nottl@Hy
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@Not@titlesec}
%
%    Expands to \cs{@firstoftwo} if the section is not formatted by a class of \xpackage{titlesec} package.
%    Otherwise (\xpackage{titlesec} formats the given section): expands to \cs{@secondoftwo}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@Not@titlesec#1{\@firstoftwo}
\AfterPackage*{titlesec}{%
\def\itf@Not@titlesec#1{\begingroup
   \@onelevel@sanitize#1%
   \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\in@
      {\noexpand\@nil \string\ttl@}
      {\noexpand\@nil #1}%
   }\@tempa
   \expandafter\endgroup
   \ifin@ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
   \else  \expandafter\@firstoftwo
   \fi
}% \itf@Not@titlesec
}% AfterPackage titlesec
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\ttl@finmarks}
%
%    When \xpackage{titlesec} is used, assignments to \cs{lastsectiontitle}, \cs{lastsubsectiontoc} \etc.
%    are done at this point.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AfterPackage*{titlesec}{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\ttl@finmarks\expandafter{%
   \expandafter\itf@hbs@last \ttl@finmarks}%
\let\itf@hbs@last \@empty
}% AfterPackage
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@resetlastsections}
%
%    Assignments are global (\cs{globaldefs}$ =1$).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@resetlastsections#1{%
   \expandafter\let\csname last#1title\endcsname\relax
   \expandafter\let\csname last#1toc\endcsname\relax
   \expandafter\let\csname last#1bookmark\endcsname\relax
   \expandafter\let\csname last#1anchor\endcsname\relax
   \csname cl@#1\endcsname
}% \itf@resetlastsections
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lastsectionname\relax
\@for\itf@tp:=part,section,subsection,subsubsection,paragraph,subparagraph%
  \do{\expandafter\let\csname last\itf@tp title\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\let\csname last\itf@tp toc\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\let\csname last\itf@tp bookmark\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\let\csname last\itf@tp anchor\endcsname\relax
   }%
\AtBeginDocument{\ifundef\chapter{}
   {\let\lastchaptertitle\relax
    \let\lastchaptertoc\relax
    \let\lastchapterbookmark\relax
    \let\lastchapteranchor\relax}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</hypbmsec>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[fancyhdr]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*fancyhdr>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-fancyhdr}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 pgfkeys macros for fancyhdr (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@Check@Package{fancyhdr}
\robustify\fancyhf
\robustify\fancyhfoffset
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{pagesetup}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pagesetup}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\pagesetup{%
   \let\fancy@gbl\relax % Just in case...
   \@ifstar
      {\itf@pagesetup{}}
      {\itf@pagesetup{reset,}}%
}% \pagesetup
\def\itf@pagesetup#1{\@testopt
   {\itf@p@gesetup{#1}}{}%
}% \itf@pagesetup
\def\itf@p@gesetup#1[#2]#3{\ifblank{#2}
   {% modifies the current page style
      \itf@pgfkeys\pgfqkeys{/itf/fancyhdr}{#1#3}\relax\ps@@fancy}%
   {% defines or modifies a given page style
      \ifblank{#1}
         \csappto% star form: keep existing value (if not overwritten)
         \csdef% no star form: overwrite (+ reset at \pagestyle time)
         {ps@#2}{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfqkeys{/itf/fancyhdr}{#1#3}\relax\ps@@fancy}%
   }%
}% \itf@p@gesetup
\pgfqkeys{/itf/pagesetup}{%
   @current/.is private=interfaces-fancyhdr,%
   @style/.is private=interfaces-fancyhdr,%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pagestyle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewrobustcmd*\pagestyle[1]{\ifcsundef{ps@#1}
   {\itf@undefinedpagestyle{#1}}
   {\csname ps@#1\endcsname}%
}% \pagestyle
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\thispagestyle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewrobustcmd*\thispagestyle[1]{\ifcsundef{ps@#1}
   {\itf@undefinedpagestyle{#1}}
   {\global\@specialpagetrue\gdef\@specialstyle{#1}}%
}% \thispagestyle
\newcommand*\itf@undefinedpagestyle[1]{%
   \@latex@error{Undefined page style: #1
   \MessageBreak your command will be ignored}\@eha
}% \itf@undefinedpagestyle
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Keys for \cs{pagesetup}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.fancy@hf/.code=%
      \edef\itf@tp{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}%
      \pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.store as code}%
      \pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.append code/.expanded=%
         \csdef{f@ncy#1}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof{\itf@tp/font}
            \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof{\itf@tp}\noexpand\strut}},%
}% handler for fancyhdr interface
\pgfqkeys{/itf/fancyhdr}{% keys for \pagesetup
   code/.code={#1},% execution at expansion of \ps@... => \pgfqkeys{...,code={...},...}
   pagestyle/.style={code=\pagestyle{#1}},%
      page style/.alias=pagestyle,%
      load style/.alias=pagestyle,%
   head/rule/.store as dimen in cs=headrulewidth,%
   head/rule/.default=.4pt,%
   head/rule/.blank=\z@,%
      head/rulewidth/.alias*=head/rule,%
      headrulewidth/.alias*=head/rule,%
      head/rule/width/.alias*=head/rule,%
   head/rule/font/.store as code,%
   head/rule/color/.style={head/rule/font+=\color{#1}},%
   headruler/.code=%
      \let\headrule\pgfkeyscurrentvalue
      \ifx\headrule\@empty\else
         \preto\headrule{\bgroup\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/fancyhdr/head/rule/font}}%
         \appto\headrule{\egroup}%
      \fi,%
      headruler/.default=%
         \if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
         \hrule\@height\headrulewidth \@width\headwidth
         \vskip-\headrulewidth\relax,%
      headrule/.alias=headruler,%
      headrule,% sets default
   foot/rule/.store as dimen in cs=footrulewidth,%
      foot/rule/.default=.4pt,%
      foot/rule/.blank=\z@,%
      foot/rulewidth/.alias*=foot/rule,%
      footrulewidth/.alias*=foot/rule,%
      foot/rule/width/.alias*=foot/rule,%
   foot/rule/font/.store as code,%
   foot/rule/color/.style={foot/rule/font+=\color{#1}},%
   footruler/.code=%
      \let\footrule\pgfkeyscurrentvalue
      \ifx\footrule\@empty\else
         \preto\footrule{\bgroup\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/fancyhdr/head/rule/font}}%
         \appto\footrule{\egroup}
      \fi,%
      footruler/.default=%
         \if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi
         \vskip-2\footrulewidth
         \hrule\@height\footrulewidth \@width\headwidth\vskip\footrulewidth,%
      footrule/.alias=footruler,%
      footrule,% sets default
   rule/.style={head/rule={#1},foot/rule={#1}},%
   rule+/.style={head/rule+={#1},foot/rule+={#1}},%
   rule-/.style={head/rule-={#1},foot/rule-={#1}},%
   rule*/.style={head/rule*={#1},foot/rule*={#1}},%
      rules/.alias*=rule,rulewidth/.alias*=rule,%
      rule/width/.alias*=rule,rules/width/.alias*=rule,%
   norule/.style={rule=\z@},%
   norule/.value forbidden,%
      norules/.alias=norule,%
   rule/font/.style={head/rule/font={#1},foot/rule/font={#1}},%
   rule/font+/.style={head/rule/font+={#1},foot/rule/font+={#1}},%
      rule/font*/.alias=rule/font+,%
      rules/font/.alias=rule/font,
      rules/font+/.alias=rule/font+,%
      rules/font*/.alias=rule/font+,%
   rule/color/.style={head/rule/color={#1},foot/rule/color={#1}},%
      rules/color/.alias=rule/color,%
   foot/rule/skip/.estore as glue in cs=footruleskip,%
      foot/rule/skip/.default=.3\normalbaselineskip,%
      foot/rule/skip/.blank=\z@,%
      foot/ruleskip/.alias*=foot/rule/skip,%
      footruleskip/.alias*=foot/rule/skip,%
   font/.style={head/font={#1},foot/font={#1}},%
      font+/.style={head/font+={#1},foot/font+={#1}},%
      font*/.alias=font+,%
   color/.style={head/color={#1},foot/color={#1},%
                 head/rule/color={#1},foot/rule/color={#1}},%
   head/.style={head/left={#1},head/center={#1},head/right={#1}},%
   head+/.style={head/left+={#1},head/center+={#1},head/right+={#1}},
   head*/.alias=head+,%
     head/font/.style={head/left/font={#1},head/center/font={#1},head/right/font={#1}},%
     head/font+/.style={head/left/font+={#1},head/center/font+={#1},head/right/font+={#1}},%
     head/font*/.alias=head/font+,%
     head/color/.style={head/left/color={#1},head/center/color={#1},head/right/color={#1},%
                        head/rule/color={#1}},%
   nohead/.style={head=,head/font=,head/rule=,head/rule/font=},
   foot/.style={foot/left={#1},foot/center={#1},foot/right={#1}},%
   foot+/.style={foot/left+={#1},foot/center+={#1},foot/right+={#1}},
   foot*/.alias=foot+,%
     foot/font/.style={foot/left/font={#1},foot/center/font={#1},foot/right/font={#1}},%
     foot/font+/.style={foot/left/font+={#1},foot/center/font+={#1},foot/right/font+={#1}},%
     foot/font*/.alias=foot/font+,%
     foot/color/.style={foot/left/color={#1},foot/center/color={#1},foot/right/color={#1},%
                        foot/rule/color={#1}},%
   nofoot/.style={foot=,foot/font=,foot/rule=,foot/rule/font=},
   left/.style={head/left={#1},foot/left={#1}},%
   left+/.style={head/left+={#1},foot/left+={#1}},%
   left*/.alias=left+,%
      left/font/.style={head/left/font={#1},foot/left/font={#1}},%
      left/font+/.style={head/left/font+={#1},foot/left/font+={#1}},%
      left/font*/.alias=left/font+,%
      left/color/.style={head/left/color={#1},foot/left/color={#1}},%
   center/.style={head/center={#1},foot/center={#1}},%
   center+/.style={head/center+={#1},foot/center+={#1}},%
   center*/.alias=center+,%
      center/font/.style={head/center/font={#1},foot/center/font={#1}},%
      center/font+/.style={head/center/font+={#1},foot/center/font+={#1}},%
      center/font*/.alias=center/font+,%
      center/color/.style={head/center/color={#1},foot/center/color={#1}},%
   right/.style={head/right={#1},foot/right={#1}},%
   right+/.style={head/right+={#1},foot/right+={#1}},%
   right*/.alias=right+,%
      right/font/.style={head/right/font={#1},foot/right/font={#1}},%
      right/font+/.style={head/right/font+={#1},foot/right/font+={#1}},%
      right/font*/.alias=right/font+,%
      right/color/.style={head/right/color={#1},foot/right/color={#1}},%
   head/left/.style={head/left/even={#1},head/left/odd={#1}},%
   head/left+/.style={head/left/even+={#1},head/left/odd+={#1}},%
   head/left*/.alias=head/left+,%
      head/left/font/.style={head/left/even/font={#1},head/left/odd/font={#1}},%
      head/left/font+/.style={head/left/even/font+={#1},head/left/odd/font+={#1}},%
      head/left/font*/.alias=head/left/font+,%
      head/left/color/.style={head/left/even/color={#1},head/left/odd/color={#1}},%
         left/head/.alias*=head/left,%
         left/head/font/.alias*=head/left/font,%
         left/head/color/.alias=head/left/color,%
   head/center/.style={head/center/even={#1},head/center/odd={#1}},%
   head/center+/.style={head/center/even+={#1},head/center/odd+={#1}},%
   head/center*/.alias=head/center+,%
      head/center/font/.style={head/center/even/font={#1},head/center/odd/font={#1}},%
      head/center/font+/.style={head/center/even/font+={#1},head/center/odd/font+={#1}},%
      head/center/font*/.alias=head/center/font+,%
      head/center/color/.style={head/center/even/color={#1},head/center/odd/color={#1}},%
         center/head/.alias*=head/center,%
         center/head/font/.alias*=head/center/font,%
         center/head/color/.alias=head/center/color,%
   head/right/.style={head/right/even={#1},head/right/odd={#1}},%
   head/right+/.style={head/right/even+={#1},head/right/odd+={#1}},%
   head/right*/.alias=head/right+,%
      head/right/font/.style={head/right/even/font={#1},head/right/odd/font={#1}},%
      head/right/font+/.style={head/right/even/font+={#1},head/right/odd/font+={#1}},%
      head/right/font*/.alias=head/right/font+,%
      head/right/color/.style={head/right/even/color={#1},head/right/odd/color={#1}},%
         right/head/.alias*=head/right,%
         right/head/font/.alias*=head/right/font,%
         right/head/color/.alias=head/right/color,%
   foot/left/.style={foot/left/even={#1},foot/left/odd={#1}},%
   foot/left+/.style={foot/left/even+={#1},foot/left/odd+={#1}},%
   foot/left*/.alias=foot/left+,%
      foot/left/font/.style={foot/left/even/font={#1},foot/left/odd/font={#1}},%
      foot/left/font+/.style={foot/left/even/font+={#1},foot/left/odd/font+={#1}},%
      foot/left/font*/.alias=foot/left/font+,%
      foot/left/color/.style={foot/left/even/color={#1},foot/left/odd/color={#1}},%
         left/foot/.alias*=foot/left,%
         left/foot/font/.alias*=foot/left/font,%
         left/foot/color/.alias=foot/left/color,%
   foot/center/.style={foot/center/even={#1},foot/center/odd={#1}},%
   foot/center+/.style={foot/center/even+={#1},foot/center/odd+={#1}},%
   foot/center*/.alias=foot/center,%
      foot/center/font/.style={foot/center/even/font={#1},foot/center/odd/font={#1}},%
      foot/center/font+/.style={foot/center/even/font+={#1},foot/center/odd/font+={#1}},%
      foot/center/font*/.alias=foot/center/font+,%
      foot/center/color/.style={foot/center/even/color={#1},foot/center/odd/color={#1}},%
         center/foot/.alias*=foot/center,%
         center/foot/font/.alias*=foot/center/font,%
         center/foot/color/.alias=foot/center/color,%
   foot/right/.style={foot/right/even={#1},foot/right/odd={#1}},%
   foot/right+/.style={foot/right/even+={#1},foot/right/odd+={#1}},%
   foot/right*/.alias=foot/right+,%
      foot/right/font/.style={foot/right/even/font={#1},foot/right/odd/font={#1}},%
      foot/right/font+/.style={foot/right/even/font+={#1},foot/right/odd/font+={#1}},%
      foot/right/font*/.alias=foot/right/font+,%
      foot/right/color/.style={foot/right/even/color={#1},foot/right/odd/color={#1}},%
         right/foot/.alias*=foot/right,%
         right/foot/font/.alias*=foot/right/font,%
         right/foot/color/.alias=foot/right/color,%
   head/left/odd/.fancy@hf=olh,%
   head/left/odd/font/.store as code,%
   head/left/odd/color/.style={head/left/odd/font+=\color{#1}},%
         head/odd/left/.alias*=head/left/odd,%
         odd/head/left/.alias*=head/left/odd,%
         odd/left/head/.alias*=head/left/odd,%
         left/odd/head/.alias*=head/left/odd,%
         left/head/odd/.alias*=head/left/odd,%
         head/odd/left/font/.alias*=head/left/odd/font,%
         odd/head/left/font/.alias*=head/left/odd/font,%
         odd/left/head/font/.alias*=head/left/odd/font,%
         left/odd/head/font/.alias*=head/left/odd/font,%
         left/head/odd/font/.alias*=head/left/odd/font,%
         head/odd/left/color/.alias=head/left/odd/color,%
         odd/head/left/color/.alias=head/left/odd/color,%
         odd/left/head/color/.alias=head/left/odd/color,%
         left/odd/head/color/.alias=head/left/odd/color,%
         left/head/odd/color/.alias=head/left/odd/color,%
   head/center/odd/.fancy@hf=och,%
   head/center/odd/font/.store as code,%
   head/center/odd/color/.style={head/center/odd/font+=\color{#1}},%
         head/odd/center/.alias*=head/center/odd,%
         odd/head/center/.alias*=head/center/odd,%
         odd/center/head/.alias*=head/center/odd,%
         center/odd/head/.alias*=head/center/odd,%
         center/head/odd/.alias*=head/center/odd,%
         head/odd/center/font/.alias*=head/center/odd/font,%
         odd/head/center/font/.alias*=head/center/odd/font,%
         odd/center/head/font/.alias*=head/center/odd/font,%
         center/odd/head/font/.alias*=head/center/odd/font,%
         center/head/odd/font/.alias*=head/center/odd/font,%
         head/odd/center/color/.alias=head/center/odd/color,%
         odd/head/center/color/.alias=head/center/odd/color,%
         odd/center/head/color/.alias=head/center/odd/color,%
         center/odd/head/color/.alias=head/center/odd/color,%
         center/head/odd/color/.alias=head/center/odd/color,%
   head/right/odd/.fancy@hf=orh,%
   head/right/odd/font/.store as code,%
   head/right/odd/color/.style={head/right/odd/font+=\color{#1}},%
         head/odd/right/.alias*=head/right/odd,%
         odd/head/right/.alias*=head/right/odd,%
         odd/right/head/.alias*=head/right/odd,%
         right/odd/head/.alias*=head/right/odd,%
         right/head/odd/.alias*=head/right/odd,%
         head/odd/right/font/.alias*=head/right/odd/font,%
         odd/head/right/font/.alias*=head/right/odd/font,%
         odd/right/head/font/.alias*=head/right/odd/font,%
         right/odd/head/font/.alias*=head/right/odd/font,%
         right/head/odd/font/.alias*=head/right/odd/font,%
         head/odd/right/color/.alias=head/right/odd/color,%
         odd/head/right/color/.alias=head/right/odd/color,%
         odd/right/head/color/.alias=head/right/odd/color,%
         right/odd/head/color/.alias=head/right/odd/color,%
         right/head/odd/color/.alias=head/right/odd/color,%
   head/left/even/.fancy@hf=elh,%
   head/left/even/font/.store as code,%
   head/left/even/color/.style={head/left/even/font+=\color{#1}},%
         head/even/left/.alias*=head/left/even,%
         even/head/left/.alias*=head/left/even,%
         even/left/head/.alias*=head/left/even,%
         left/even/head/.alias*=head/left/even,%
         left/head/even/.alias*=head/left/even,%
         head/even/left/font/.alias*=head/left/even/font,%
         even/head/left/font/.alias*=head/left/even/font,%
         even/left/head/font/.alias*=head/left/even/font,%
         left/even/head/font/.alias*=head/left/even/font,%
         left/head/even/font/.alias*=head/left/even/font,%
         head/even/left/color/.alias=head/left/even/color,%
         even/head/left/color/.alias=head/left/even/color,%
         even/left/head/color/.alias=head/left/even/color,%
         left/even/head/color/.alias=head/left/even/color,%
         left/head/even/color/.alias=head/left/even/color,%
   head/center/even/.fancy@hf=ech,%
   head/center/even/font/.store as code,%
   head/center/even/color/.style={head/center/even/font+=\color{#1}},%
         head/even/center/.alias*=head/center/even,%
         even/head/center/.alias*=head/center/even,%
         even/center/head/.alias*=head/center/even,%
         center/even/head/.alias*=head/center/even,%
         center/head/even/.alias*=head/center/even,%
         head/even/center/font/.alias*=head/center/even/font,%
         even/head/center/font/.alias*=head/center/even/font,%
         even/center/head/font/.alias*=head/center/even/font,%
         center/even/head/font/.alias*=head/center/even/font,%
         center/head/even/font/.alias*=head/center/even/font,%
         head/even/center/color/.alias=head/center/even/color,%
         even/head/center/color/.alias=head/center/even/color,%
         even/center/head/color/.alias=head/center/even/color,%
         center/even/head/color/.alias=head/center/even/color,%
         center/head/even/color/.alias=head/center/even/color,%
   head/right/even/.fancy@hf=erh,%
   head/right/even/font/.store as code,%
   head/right/even/color/.style={head/right/even/font+=\color{#1}},%
         head/even/right/.alias*=head/right/even,%
         even/head/right/.alias*=head/right/even,%
         even/right/head/.alias*=head/right/even,%
         right/even/head/.alias*=head/right/even,%
         right/head/even/.alias*=head/right/even,%
         head/even/right/font/.alias*=head/right/even/font,%
         even/head/right/font/.alias*=head/right/even/font,%
         even/right/head/font/.alias*=head/right/even/font,%
         right/even/head/font/.alias*=head/right/even/font,%
         right/head/even/font/.alias*=head/right/even/font,%
         head/even/right/color/.alias=head/right/even/color,%
         even/head/right/color/.alias=head/right/even/color,%
         even/right/head/color/.alias=head/right/even/color,%
         right/even/head/color/.alias=head/right/even/color,%
         right/head/even/color/.alias=head/right/even/color,%
   foot/left/odd/.fancy@hf=olf,%
   foot/left/odd/font/.store as code,%
   foot/left/odd/color/.style={foot/left/odd/font+=\color{#1}},%
         foot/odd/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd,%
         odd/foot/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd,%
         odd/left/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd,%
         left/odd/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd,%
         left/foot/odd/.alias*=foot/left/odd,%
         foot/odd/left/font/.alias*=foot/left/odd/font,%
         odd/foot/left/font/.alias*=foot/left/odd/font,%
         odd/left/foot/font/.alias*=foot/left/odd/font,%
         left/odd/foot/font/.alias*=foot/left/odd/font,%
         left/foot/odd/font/.alias*=foot/left/odd/font,%
         foot/odd/left/color/.alias=foot/left/odd/color,%
         odd/foot/left/color/.alias=foot/left/odd/color,%
         odd/left/foot/color/.alias=foot/left/odd/color,%
         left/odd/foot/color/.alias=foot/left/odd/color,%
         left/foot/odd/color/.alias=foot/left/odd/color,%
   foot/center/odd/.fancy@hf=ocf,%
   foot/center/odd/font/.store as code,%
   foot/center/odd/color/.style={foot/center/odd/font+=\color{#1}},%
         foot/odd/center/.alias*=foot/center/odd,%
         odd/foot/center/.alias*=foot/center/odd,%
         odd/center/foot/.alias*=foot/center/odd,%
         center/odd/foot/.alias*=foot/center/odd,%
         center/foot/odd/.alias*=foot/center/odd,%
         foot/odd/center/font/.alias*=foot/center/odd/font,%
         odd/foot/center/font/.alias*=foot/center/odd/font,%
         odd/center/foot/font/.alias*=foot/center/odd/font,%
         center/odd/foot/font/.alias*=foot/center/odd/font,%
         center/foot/odd/font/.alias*=foot/center/odd/font,%
         foot/odd/center/color/.alias=foot/center/odd/color,%
         odd/foot/center/color/.alias=foot/center/odd/color,%
         odd/center/foot/color/.alias=foot/center/odd/color,%
         center/odd/foot/color/.alias=foot/center/odd/color,%
         center/foot/odd/color/.alias=foot/center/odd/color,%
   foot/right/odd/.fancy@hf=orf,%
   foot/right/odd/font/.store as code,%
   foot/right/odd/color/.style={foot/right/odd/font+=\color{#1}},%
         foot/odd/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd,%
         odd/foot/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd,%
         odd/right/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd,%
         right/odd/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd,%
         right/foot/odd/.alias*=foot/right/odd,%
         foot/odd/right/font/.alias*=foot/right/odd/font,%
         odd/foot/right/font/.alias*=foot/right/odd/font,%
         odd/right/foot/font/.alias*=foot/right/odd/font,%
         right/odd/foot/font/.alias*=foot/right/odd/font,%
         right/foot/odd/font/.alias*=foot/right/odd/font,%
         foot/odd/right/color/.alias=foot/right/odd/color,%
         odd/foot/right/color/.alias=foot/right/odd/color,%
         odd/right/foot/color/.alias=foot/right/odd/color,%
         right/odd/foot/color/.alias=foot/right/odd/color,%
         right/foot/odd/color/.alias=foot/right/odd/color,%
   foot/left/even/.fancy@hf=elf,%
   foot/left/even/font/.store as code,%
   foot/left/even/color/.style={foot/left/even/font+=\color{#1}},%
         foot/even/left/.alias*=foot/left/even,%
         even/foot/left/.alias*=foot/left/even,%
         even/left/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even,%
         left/even/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even,%
         left/foot/even/.alias*=foot/left/even,%
         foot/even/left/font/.alias*=foot/left/even/font,%
         even/foot/left/font/.alias*=foot/left/even/font,%
         even/left/foot/font/.alias*=foot/left/even/font,%
         left/even/foot/font/.alias*=foot/left/even/font,%
         left/foot/even/font/.alias*=foot/left/even/font,%
         foot/even/left/color/.alias=foot/left/even/color,%
         even/foot/left/color/.alias=foot/left/even/color,%
         even/left/foot/color/.alias=foot/left/even/color,%
         left/even/foot/color/.alias=foot/left/even/color,%
         left/foot/even/color/.alias=foot/left/even/color,%
   foot/center/even/.fancy@hf=ecf,%
   foot/center/even/font/.store as code,%
   foot/center/even/color/.style={foot/center/even/font+=\color{#1}},%
         foot/even/center/.alias*=foot/center/even,%
         even/foot/center/.alias*=foot/center/even,%
         even/center/foot/.alias*=foot/center/even,%
         center/even/foot/.alias*=foot/center/even,%
         center/foot/even/.alias*=foot/center/even,%
         foot/even/center/font/.alias*=foot/center/even/font,%
         even/foot/center/font/.alias*=foot/center/even/font,%
         even/center/foot/font/.alias*=foot/center/even/font,%
         center/even/foot/font/.alias*=foot/center/even/font,%
         center/foot/even/font/.alias*=foot/center/even/font,%
         foot/even/center/color/.alias=foot/center/even/color,%
         even/foot/center/color/.alias=foot/center/even/color,%
         even/center/foot/color/.alias=foot/center/even/color,%
         center/even/foot/color/.alias=foot/center/even/color,%
         center/foot/even/color/.alias=foot/center/even/color,%
   foot/right/even/.fancy@hf=erf,%
   foot/right/even/font/.store as code,%
   foot/right/even/color/.style={foot/right/even/font+=\color{#1}},%
         foot/even/right/.alias*=foot/right/even,%
         even/foot/right/.alias*=foot/right/even,%
         even/right/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even,%
         right/even/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even,%
         right/foot/even/.alias*=foot/right/even,%
         foot/even/right/font/.alias*=foot/right/even/font,%
         even/foot/right/font/.alias*=foot/right/even/font,%
         even/right/foot/font/.alias*=foot/right/even/font,%
         right/even/foot/font/.alias*=foot/right/even/font,%
         right/foot/even/font/.alias*=foot/right/even/font,%
         foot/even/right/color/.alias=foot/right/even/color,%
         even/foot/right/color/.alias=foot/right/even/color,%
         even/right/foot/color/.alias=foot/right/even/color,%
         right/even/foot/color/.alias=foot/right/even/color,%
         right/foot/even/color/.alias=foot/right/even/color,%
   foot/inner/.style={foot/right/even={#1},foot/left/odd={#1}},%
   foot/inner+/.style={foot/right/even+={#1},foot/left/odd+={#1}},%
   foot/inner*/.alias=foot/inner+,%
   foot/inner/font/.style={foot/right/even/font={#1},foot/left/odd/font={#1}},%
   foot/inner/color/.style={foot/right/even/color={#1},foot/left/odd/color={#1}},%
   foot/inner/font+/.style={foot/right/even/font+={#1},foot/left/odd/font+={#1}},%
   foot/inner/font*/.alias=foot/inner/font+,%
      inner/foot/.alias*=foot/inner,%
      inner/foot/font/.alias*=foot/inner/font,%
      inner/foot/color/.alias=foot/inner/color,%
   foot/outer/.style={foot/left/even={#1},foot/right/odd={#1}},%
   foot/outer+/.style={foot/left/even+={#1},foot/right/odd+={#1}},%
   foot/outer*/.alias=foot/outer+,%
   foot/outer/font/.style={foot/left/even/font={#1},foot/right/odd/font={#1}},%
   foot/outer/color/.style={foot/left/even/color={#1},foot/right/odd/color={#1}},%
   foot/outer/font+/.style={foot/left/even/font+={#1},foot/right/odd/font+={#1}},%
   foot/outer/font*/.alias=foot/outer/font+,%
      outer/foot/.alias*=foot/outer,%
      outer/foot/font/.alias*=foot/outer/font,%
      outer/foot/color/.alias=foot/outer/color,%
   head/inner/.style={head/right/even={#1},head/left/odd={#1}},%
   head/inner+/.style={head/right/even+={#1},head/left/odd+={#1}},%
   head/inner*/.alias=head/inner+,%
   head/inner/font/.style={head/right/even/font={#1},head/left/odd/font={#1}},%
   head/inner/color/.style={head/right/even/color={#1},head/left/odd/color={#1}},%
   head/inner/font+/.style={head/right/even/font+={#1},head/left/odd/font+={#1}},%
   head/inner/font*/.alias=head/inner/font+,%
      inner/head/.alias*=head/inner,%
      inner/head/font/.alias*=head/inner/font,%
      inner/head/color/.alias=head/inner/color,%
   head/outer/.style={head/left/even={#1},head/right/odd={#1}},%
   head/outer+/.style={head/left/even+={#1},head/right/odd+={#1}},%
   head/outer*/.alias=head/outer+,%
   head/outer/font/.style={head/left/even/font={#1},head/right/odd/font={#1}},%
   head/outer/color/.style={head/left/even/color={#1},head/right/odd/color={#1}},%
   head/outer/font+/.style={head/left/even/font+={#1},head/right/odd/font+={#1}},%
   head/outer/font*/.alias=head/outer/font+,%
      outer/head/.alias*=head/outer,%
      outer/head/font/.alias*=head/outer/font,%
      outer/head/color/.alias=head/outer/color,%
   inner/.style={foot/inner={#1},head/inner={#1}},%
   inner+/.style={foot/inner+={#1},head/inner+={#1}},%
   inner*/.alias=inner+,%
   inner/font/.style={foot/inner/font={#1},head/inner/font={#1}},%
   inner/font+/.style={foot/inner/font+={#1},head/inner/font+={#1}},%
   inner/font*/.alias=inner/font+,%
   inner/color/.style={foot/inner/color={#1},head/inner/color={#1}},%
   outer/.style={foot/outer={#1},head/outer={#1}},%
   outer+/.style={foot/outer+={#1},head/outer+={#1}},%
   outer*/.alias=outer+,%
   outer/font/.style={foot/outer/font={#1},head/outer/font={#1}},%
   outer/font+/.style={foot/outer/font+={#1},head/outer/font+={#1}},%
   outer/font*/.alias=outer/font+,%
   outer/color/.style={foot/outer/color={#1},head/outer/color={#1}},%
   offset/.style={head/offset={#1},foot/offset={#1}},%
      offset+/.style={head/offset+={#1},foot/offset+={#1}},%
      offset-/.style={head/offset-={#1},foot/offset-={#1}},%
      offset*/.style={head/offset*={#1},foot/offset*={#1}},%
   head/offset/.style={head/left/offset={#1},head/right/offset={#1}},%
      head/offset+/.style={head/left/offset+={#1},head/right/offset+={#1}},%
      head/offset-/.style={head/left/offset-={#1},head/right/offset-={#1}},%
      head/offset*/.style={head/left/offset*={#1},head/right/offset*={#1}},%
         offset/head/.alias*=head/offset,%
   foot/offset/.style={foot/left/offset={#1},foot/right/offset={#1}},%
      foot/offset+/.style={foot/left/offset+={#1},foot/right/offset+={#1}},%
      foot/offset-/.style={foot/left/offset-={#1},foot/right/offset-={#1}},%
      foot/offset*/.style={foot/left/offset*={#1},foot/right/offset*={#1}},%
         offset/foot/.alias*=foot/offset,%
   odd/offset/.style={left/odd/offset={#1},right/odd/offset={#1}},%
      odd/offset+/.style={left/odd/offset+={#1},right/odd/offset+={#1}},%
      odd/offset-/.style={left/odd/offset-={#1},right/odd/offset-={#1}},%
         offset/odd/.alias*=odd/offset,%
   even/offset/.style={left/even/offset={#1},right/even/offset={#1}},%
      even/offset+/.style={left/even/offset+={#1},right/even/offset+={#1}},%
      even/offset-/.style={left/even/offset-={#1},right/even/offset-={#1}},%
         offset/even/.alias*=even/offset,%
   left/offset/.style={foot/left/offset={#1},head/left/offset={#1}},%
      left/offset+/.style={foot/left/offset+={#1},head/left/offset+={#1}},%
      left/offset-/.style={foot/left/offset-={#1},head/left/offset-={#1}},%
      left/offset*/.style={foot/left/offset*={#1},head/left/offset*={#1}},%
         offset/left/.alias*=left/offset,%
   left/even/offset/.style={foot/left/even/offset={#1},head/left/even/offset={#1}},%
      left/even/offset+/.style={foot/left/even/offset+={#1},head/left/even/offset+={#1}},%
      left/even/offset-/.style={foot/left/even/offset-={#1},head/left/even/offset-={#1}},%
      left/even/offset*/.style={foot/left/even/offset*={#1},head/left/even/offset*={#1}},%
         left/offset/even/.alias*=left/even/offset,%
         even/left/offset/.alias*=left/even/offset,%
         even/offset/left/.alias*=left/even/offset,%
         offset/even/left/.alias*=left/even/offset,%
         offset/left/even/.alias*=left/even/offset,%
   left/odd/offset/.style={foot/left/odd/offset={#1},head/left/odd/offset={#1}},%
      left/odd/offset+/.style={foot/left/odd/offset+={#1},head/left/odd/offset+={#1}},%
      left/odd/offset-/.style={foot/left/odd/offset-={#1},head/left/odd/offset-={#1}},%
      left/odd/offset*/.style={foot/left/odd/offset*={#1},head/left/odd/offset*={#1}},%
         left/offset/odd/.alias*=left/odd/offset,%
         odd/left/offset/.alias*=left/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/left/.alias*=left/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/left/.alias*=left/odd/offset,%
         offset/left/odd/.alias*=left/odd/offset,%
   right/offset/.style={foot/right/offset={#1},head/right/offset={#1}},%
         right/offset+/.style={foot/right/offset+={#1},head/right/offset+={#1}},%
         right/offset-/.style={foot/right/offset-={#1},head/right/offset-={#1}},%
         right/offset*/.style={foot/right/offset*={#1},head/right/offset*={#1}},%
            offset/right/.alias*=right/offset,%
   right/even/offset/.style={foot/right/even/offset={#1},head/right/even/offset={#1}},%
     right/even/offset+/.style={foot/right/even/offset+={#1},head/right/even/offset+={#1}},%
     right/even/offset-/.style={foot/right/even/offset-={#1},head/right/even/offset-={#1}},%
     right/even/offset*/.style={foot/right/even/offset*={#1},head/right/even/offset*={#1}},%
         right/offset/even/.alias*=right/even/offset,%
         even/right/offset/.alias*=right/even/offset,%
         even/offset/right/.alias*=right/even/offset,%
         offset/even/right/.alias*=right/even/offset,%
         offset/right/even/.alias*=right/even/offset,%
   right/odd/offset/.style={foot/right/odd/offset={#1},head/right/odd/offset={#1}},%
      right/odd/offset+/.style={foot/right/odd/offset+={#1},head/right/odd/offset+={#1}},%
      right/odd/offset-/.style={foot/right/odd/offset-={#1},head/right/odd/offset-={#1}},%
      right/odd/offset*/.style={foot/right/odd/offset*={#1},head/right/odd/offset*={#1}},%
         right/offset/odd/.alias*=right/odd/offset,%
         odd/right/offset/.alias*=right/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/right/.alias*=right/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/right/.alias*=right/odd/offset,%
         offset/right/odd/.alias*=right/odd/offset,%
   head/left/offset/.style={head/left/even/offset={#1},head/left/odd/offset={#1}},%
      head/left/offset+/.style={head/left/even/offset+={#1},head/left/odd/offset+={#1}},%
      head/left/offset-/.style={head/left/even/offset-={#1},head/left/odd/offset-={#1}},%
      head/left/offset*/.style={head/left/even/offset*={#1},head/left/odd/offset*={#1}},%
         head/offset/left/.alias*=head/left/offset,%
         left/head/offset/.alias*=head/left/offset,%
         left/offset/head/.alias*=head/left/offset,%
         offset/head/left/.alias*=head/left/offset,%
         offset/left/head/.alias*=head/left/offset,%
   head/right/offset/.style={head/right/even/offset={#1},head/right/odd/offset={#1}},%
     head/right/offset+/.style={head/right/even/offset+={#1},head/right/odd/offset+={#1}},%
     head/right/offset-/.style={head/right/even/offset-={#1},head/right/odd/offset-={#1}},%
     head/right/offset*/.style={head/right/even/offset*={#1},head/right/odd/offset*={#1}},%
         head/offset/right/.alias*=head/right/offset,%
         right/head/offset/.alias*=head/right/offset,%
         right/offset/head/.alias*=head/right/offset,%
         offset/head/right/.alias*=head/right/offset,%
         offset/right/head/.alias*=head/right/offset,%
   foot/left/offset/.style={foot/left/even/offset={#1},foot/left/odd/offset={#1}},%
      foot/left/offset+/.style={foot/left/even/offset+={#1},foot/left/odd/offset+={#1}},%
      foot/left/offset-/.style={foot/left/even/offset-={#1},foot/left/odd/offset-={#1}},%
      foot/left/offset*/.style={foot/left/even/offset*={#1},foot/left/odd/offset*={#1}},%
         foot/offset/left/.alias*=foot/left/offset,%
         left/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/left/offset,%
         left/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/left/offset,%
         offset/foot/left/.alias*=foot/left/offset,%
         offset/left/foot/.alias*=foot/left/offset,%
   foot/right/offset/.style={foot/right/even/offset={#1},foot/right/odd/offset={#1}},%
     foot/right/offset+/.style={foot/right/even/offset+={#1},foot/right/odd/offset+={#1}},%
     foot/right/offset-/.style={foot/right/even/offset-={#1},foot/right/odd/offset-={#1}},%
     foot/right/offset*/.style={foot/right/even/offset*={#1},foot/right/odd/offset*={#1}},%
         foot/offset/right/.alias*=foot/right/offset,%
         right/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/right/offset,%
         right/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/right/offset,%
         offset/foot/right/.alias*=foot/right/offset,%
         offset/right/foot/.alias*=foot/right/offset,%
   head/left/even/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@elh,%
      head/left/even/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         head/even/offset/left/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         head/even/left/offset/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         head/offset/even/left/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         head/offset/left/even/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         head/left/offset/even/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         left/head/offset/even/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         left/head/even/offset/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         left/offset/head/even/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         left/offset/even/head/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         left/even/offset/head/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         left/even/head/offset/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         even/head/offset/left/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         even/head/left/offset/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         even/offset/head/left/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         even/offset/left/head/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         even/left/offset/head/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         even/left/head/offset/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         offset/head/left/even/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         offset/head/even/left/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         offset/left/head/even/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         offset/left/even/head/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         offset/even/left/head/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
         offset/even/head/left/.alias*=head/left/even/offset,%
   head/left/odd/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@olh,%
      head/left/odd/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         head/odd/offset/left/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         head/odd/left/offset/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         head/offset/odd/left/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         head/offset/left/odd/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         head/left/offset/odd/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         left/head/offset/odd/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         left/head/odd/offset/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         left/offset/head/odd/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         left/offset/odd/head/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         left/odd/offset/head/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         left/odd/head/offset/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/head/offset/left/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/head/left/offset/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/head/left/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/left/head/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/left/offset/head/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/left/head/offset/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/head/left/odd/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/head/odd/left/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/left/head/odd/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/left/odd/head/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/left/head/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/head/left/.alias*=head/left/odd/offset,%
   head/right/even/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@erh,%
      head/right/even/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         head/even/offset/right/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         head/even/right/offset/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         head/offset/even/right/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         head/offset/right/even/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         head/right/offset/even/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         right/head/offset/even/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         right/head/even/offset/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         right/offset/head/even/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         right/offset/even/head/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         right/even/offset/head/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         right/even/head/offset/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         even/head/offset/right/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         even/head/right/offset/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         even/offset/head/right/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         even/offset/right/head/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         even/right/offset/head/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         even/right/head/offset/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         offset/head/right/even/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         offset/head/even/right/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         offset/right/head/even/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         offset/right/even/head/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         offset/even/right/head/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
         offset/even/head/right/.alias*=head/right/even/offset,%
   head/right/odd/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@orh,%
      head/right/odd/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         head/odd/offset/right/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         head/odd/right/offset/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         head/offset/odd/right/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         head/offset/right/odd/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         head/right/offset/odd/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         right/head/offset/odd/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         right/head/odd/offset/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         right/offset/head/odd/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         right/offset/odd/head/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         right/odd/offset/head/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         right/odd/head/offset/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/head/offset/right/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/head/right/offset/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/head/right/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/right/head/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/right/offset/head/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/right/head/offset/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/head/right/odd/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/head/odd/right/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/right/head/odd/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/right/odd/head/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/right/head/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/head/right/.alias*=head/right/odd/offset,%
   foot/left/even/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@elf,%
      foot/left/even/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         foot/even/offset/left/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         foot/even/left/offset/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         foot/offset/even/left/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         foot/offset/left/even/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         foot/left/offset/even/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         left/foot/offset/even/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         left/foot/even/offset/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         left/offset/foot/even/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         left/offset/even/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         left/even/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         left/even/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         even/foot/offset/left/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         even/foot/left/offset/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         even/offset/foot/left/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         even/offset/left/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         even/left/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         even/left/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         offset/foot/left/even/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         offset/foot/even/left/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         offset/left/foot/even/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         offset/left/even/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         offset/even/left/foot/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
         offset/even/foot/left/.alias*=foot/left/even/offset,%
   foot/left/odd/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@olf,%
      foot/left/odd/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         foot/odd/offset/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         foot/odd/left/offset/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         foot/offset/odd/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         foot/offset/left/odd/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         foot/left/offset/odd/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         left/foot/offset/odd/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         left/foot/odd/offset/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         left/offset/foot/odd/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         left/offset/odd/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         left/odd/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         left/odd/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/foot/offset/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/foot/left/offset/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/foot/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/left/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/left/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         odd/left/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/foot/left/odd/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/foot/odd/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/left/foot/odd/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/left/odd/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/left/foot/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/foot/left/.alias*=foot/left/odd/offset,%
   foot/right/even/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@erf,%
      foot/right/even/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         foot/even/offset/right/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         foot/even/right/offset/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         foot/offset/even/right/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         foot/offset/right/even/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         foot/right/offset/even/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         right/foot/offset/even/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         right/foot/even/offset/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         right/offset/foot/even/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         right/offset/even/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         right/even/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         right/even/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         even/foot/offset/right/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         even/foot/right/offset/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         even/offset/foot/right/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         even/offset/right/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         even/right/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         even/right/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         offset/foot/right/even/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         offset/foot/even/right/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         offset/right/foot/even/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         offset/right/even/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         offset/even/right/foot/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
         offset/even/foot/right/.alias*=foot/right/even/offset,%
   foot/right/odd/offset/.store in skip cs=f@ncyO@orf,%
      foot/right/odd/offset/.append code=\fancy@setoffs,%
         foot/odd/offset/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         foot/odd/right/offset/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         foot/offset/odd/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         foot/offset/right/odd/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         foot/right/offset/odd/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         right/foot/offset/odd/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         right/foot/odd/offset/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         right/offset/foot/odd/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         right/offset/odd/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         right/odd/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         right/odd/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/foot/offset/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/foot/right/offset/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/foot/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/offset/right/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/right/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         odd/right/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/foot/right/odd/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/foot/odd/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/right/foot/odd/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/right/odd/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/right/foot/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
         offset/odd/foot/right/.alias*=foot/right/odd/offset,%
   head/inner/offset/.style={head/right/even/offset={#1},head/left/odd/offset={#1}},%
   head/inner/offset+/.style={head/right/even/offset+={#1},head/left/odd/offset+={#1}},%
   head/inner/offset-/.style={head/right/even/offset-={#1},head/left/odd/offset-={#1}},%
   head/inner/offset*/.style={head/right/even/offset*={#1},head/left/odd/offset*={#1}},%
      head/offset/inner/.alias*=head/inner/offset,%
      offset/head/inner/.alias*=head/inner/offset,%
      offset/inner/head/.alias*=head/inner/offset,%
      inner/head/offset/.alias*=head/inner/offset,%
      inner/offset/head/.alias*=head/inner/offset,%
   head/outer/offset/.style={head/left/even/offset={#1},head/right/odd/offset={#1}},%
   head/outer/offset+/.style={head/left/even/offset+={#1},head/right/odd/offset+={#1}},%
   head/outer/offset-/.style={head/left/even/offset-={#1},head/right/odd/offset-={#1}},%
   head/outer/offset*/.style={head/left/even/offset*={#1},head/right/odd/offset*={#1}},%
      head/offset/outer/.alias*=head/outer/offset,%
      offset/head/outer/.alias*=head/outer/offset,%
      offset/outer/head/.alias*=head/outer/offset,%
      outer/head/offset/.alias*=head/outer/offset,%
      outer/offset/head/.alias*=head/outer/offset,%
   foot/inner/offset/.style={foot/right/even/offset={#1},foot/left/odd/offset={#1}},%
   foot/inner/offset+/.style={foot/right/even/offset+={#1},foot/left/odd/offset+={#1}},%
   foot/inner/offset-/.style={foot/right/even/offset-={#1},foot/left/odd/offset-={#1}},%
   foot/inner/offset*/.style={foot/right/even/offset*={#1},foot/left/odd/offset*={#1}},%
      foot/offset/inner/.alias*=foot/inner/offset,%
      offset/foot/inner/.alias*=foot/inner/offset,%
      offset/inner/foot/.alias*=foot/inner/offset,%
      inner/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/inner/offset,%
      inner/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/inner/offset,%
   foot/outer/offset/.style={foot/left/even/offset={#1},foot/right/odd/offset={#1}},%
   foot/outer/offset+/.style={foot/left/even/offset+={#1},foot/right/odd/offset+={#1}},%
   foot/outer/offset-/.style={foot/left/even/offset-={#1},foot/right/odd/offset-={#1}},%
   foot/outer/offset*/.style={foot/left/even/offset*={#1},foot/right/odd/offset*={#1}},%
      foot/offset/outer/.alias*=foot/outer/offset,%
      offset/foot/outer/.alias*=foot/outer/offset,%
      offset/outer/foot/.alias*=foot/outer/offset,%
      outer/foot/offset/.alias*=foot/outer/offset,%
      outer/offset/foot/.alias*=foot/outer/offset,%
   inner/offset/.style={foot/inner/offset={#1},head/inner/offset={#1}},%
   inner/offset+/.style={foot/inner/offset+={#1},head/inner/offset+={#1}},%
   inner/offset-/.style={foot/inner/offset-={#1},head/inner/offset-={#1}},%
   inner/offset*/.style={foot/inner/offset*={#1},head/inner/offset*={#1}},%
      offset/inner/.alias*=inner/offset,%
   outer/offset/.style={foot/outer/offset={#1},head/outer/offset={#1}},%
   outer/offset+/.style={foot/outer/offset+={#1},head/outer/offset+={#1}},%
   outer/offset-/.style={foot/outer/offset-={#1},head/outer/offset-={#1}},%
   outer/offset*/.style={foot/outer/offset*={#1},head/outer/offset*={#1}},%
      offset/outer/.alias*=outer/offset,%
   reset/.style={norule,head=,foot=,offset=\z@,foot/rule/skip,rule/font=,font=},%
      reset/.value forbidden,%
}% keys for \pagesetup (stored into token \itf@tk)
\AtBeginDocument{%
\ifdim\headwidth<\z@
%% This catches the case that \headwidth hasn't been initialized and the
%% case that the user added something to \headwidth in the expectation that
%% it was initialized to \textwidth. We compensate this now. This loses if
%% the user intended to multiply it by a factor. But that case is more
%% likely done by saying something like \headwidth=1.2\textwidth.
%% The doc says you have to change \headwidth after the first call to
%% \pagestyle{fancy}. This code is just to catch the most common cases were
%% that requirement is violated.
    \global\advance\headwidth123456789sp\global\advance\headwidth\textwidth
\fi}
%</fancyhdr>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{marks}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*marks>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-marks}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 easier use of e-TeX marks (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\marksthe}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd\marksthe[2]{%
   \ifcsname marks@#1\endcsname \else \itf@marks@new{#1}\fi
   {\toks@{#2}\expandafter\marks\csname marks@#1\endcsname{\the\toks@}}%
}% \marksthe
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\marksthecs}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\marksthecs[2]{%
   \ifcsname marks@#1\endcsname \else \itf@marks@new{#1}\fi
   \ifcsundef{#2}
      {}
      {{\toks@\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
            \csname #2\endcsname}%
       \expandafter\marks\csname marks@#1\endcsname{\the\toks@}}}%
}% \marksthecs
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@marks@new}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@marks@new#1{%
   \expandafter\newmarks\csname marks@#1\endcsname
   \PackageInfo{interfaces-marks}{marks `#1' defined}%
}% \itf@marks@new
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\thefirstmarks}
%    \begin{macro}{\thebotmarks}
%    \begin{macro}{\thetopmarks}
%
%    Purely expandable in exactly one step of expansion.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\thefirstmarks[1]{\romannumeral
   \ifcsname marks@#1\endcsname \expandafter\z@
      \firstmarks\csname marks@#1\expandafter\endcsname
   \else \expandafter\z@
   \fi
}% \thefirstmarks
\newcommand*\thebotmarks[1]{\romannumeral
   \ifcsname marks@#1\endcsname \expandafter\z@
      \botmarks\csname marks@#1\expandafter\endcsname
   \else \expandafter\z@
   \fi
}% \thebotmarks
\newcommand*\thetopmarks[1]{\romannumeral
   \ifcsname marks@#1\endcsname \expandafter\z@
      \topmarks\csname marks@#1\expandafter\endcsname
   \else \expandafter\z@
   \fi
}% \thetopmarks
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\getthemarks}
%
%     \cs{getthemarks}\cs{firstmarks}\M{named-mark}\cs{result}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% \getthemarks\firstmarks{section}\macro
\newrobustcmd*\getthemarks[3]{%
   \ifcsname marks@#2\endcsname
      \edef#3{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1\csname marks@#2\endcsname}}%
   \else \let#3\@undefined
   \fi
}% \getthemarks
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\getthefirstmarks}
%
%    \cs{getthefirstmarks}\M{named-mark}\cs{result}: shortcut for \cs{getthemarks}\cs{firstmarks}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\getthebotmarks}
%    \begin{macro}{\getthetopmarks}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*\getthefirstmarks{\getthemarks\firstmarks}
\newrobustcmd*\getthebotmarks{\getthemarks\botmarks}
\newrobustcmd*\getthetopmarks{\getthemarks\topmarks}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\ifmarksequal}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% \ifmarksequal\firstmarks\botmarks{subsection}{ true }{ false }
\newrobustcmd*\ifmarksequal[3]{%
   \begingroup
      \getthemarks{#1}{#3}\x
      \getthemarks{#2}{#3}\y
   \expandafter\endgroup
   \csname ltx@\ifdefined\x\ifdefined\y
      \ifx\x\y first\else
      second\fi\else second\fi\else second\fi
   oftwo\endcsname
}% \ifmarksequal
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</marks>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[tocloft]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*tocloft>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-tocloft}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 pgfkeys macros for tocloft (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@Check@Package{tocloft}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tocsetup}
%    \begin{macro}{\lofsetup}
%    \begin{macro}{\lotsetup}
%    \begin{macro}{\listofsetup}
%
%    The user commands.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd\tocsetup[1]{%
   \AfterPreamble{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/toc}{#1}}%
}% \tocsetup
\newrobustcmd\lofsetup[1]{%
   \AfterPreamble{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/lof}{#1}}%
}% \lofsetup
\newrobustcmd\lotsetup[1]{%
   \AfterPreamble{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/lot}{#1}}%
}% \lotsetup
\newrobustcmd\listofsetup[2]{%
   \AfterPreamble{\itf@pgfkeys\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/#1}{#2}}%
}% \listofsetup
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cft@newlistof}
%
%    This macro creates the keys for \textt{toc}, \textt{lof} and \textt{lot}, and is able
%    to create the keys for each new list created with \xpackage{tocloft}'s \cs{newlistof}.

%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@cft@newlistof#1#2#3{% 
% #1=toc/lof (ext.),
% #2=entry (\newlistof only),
% #3=title (\newlistof only)
   \pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/#1}{%
      depth/.store in counter cs=c@#1depth,%
      depth/.append code=\expandafter\global\csname c@#1depth\endcsname
                                            \csname c@#1depth\endcsname
               \addtocontents{#1}{\csname c@#1depth\endcsname
                              \the\csname c@#1depth\endcsname\relax},%
         #1depth/.alias*=depth,%
      pagestyle/.code=\tocloftpagestyle{##1},%
      parskip/.store in skip cs=cftparskip,%
         parsep/.alias=parskip,%
      mark/.store in cs=cftmark#1,%
         marks/.alias=mark,%
         mark=,%
      label/.store as code,%
      ref/.store as code,%
         ref/.initial=\csname cft#1title\endcsname,% overwritten (toc,lof,lot)
         ref/.default=\csname cft#1title\endcsname,% overwritten (toc,lof,lot)
         ref/.blank=\pgfkeysnovalue,%
      title/.store as code in cs=cft#1title,% overwritten below for toc, lof and lot
      title/top/.store in skip cs=cftbefore#1titleskip,%
         beforetitleskip/.alias*=title/top,%
      title/bottom/.store in skip cs=cftafter#1titleskip,%
         aftertitleskip/.alias*=title/bottom,%
         title/skip/.alias*=title/bottom,%
      title/font/.store as code in cs=cft#1titlefont,%
         title/format/.alias*=title/font,%
      title/color/.store as color,%
         title/color/.append code=\pgfkeysalso{/itf/tocloft/#1/title/font+={%
            \color{\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/title/color}}}},%
         title/font/color/.alias=title/color,%
         title/format/color/.alias=title/color,%
      title/after/.store as code in cs=cftafter#1title,%
      title/command/.code=\csdef{@cftmake#1title}####1{##1},%
      dotsep/.code=\itf@units@mu\itf@musk{##1}%    converts to mu
                   \edef\cftdotsep{\itf@strip@mu\itf@musk},%
         dotsep/.default=4.5mu,%
         dotsep/.blank=\cftnodots,%
      dot/.store in=\cftdot,%
      before/.store as code,%
      after/.store as code,%
      columns/before@hook/.is private=interfaces-tocloft,%
      columns/after@hook/.is private=interfaces-tocloft,%
      columns/before@hook/.initial=,%
      columns/after@hook/.initial=,%
      columns/.code={\ltx@ifpackageloaded{multicol}{%
         \pgfkeysEsetvalue\pgfkeyscurrentkey{\number##1}%
         \ifnum\number##1>\@ne
            \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/before@hook}\itf@tp
            \ifx \itf@tp\@empty
               \pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/before@hook}{%
                  \begingroup
                  \multicolsep\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/multicolsep}\relax
                  \columnsep\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/sep}\relax
                  \columnseprule\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/rule}\relax
                  \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/multicols/beforebegin}%
                  \def\itf@tocloft@aftermulticols{%
                        \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/multicols/afterend}}%
                  \begin{multicols}{\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns}}%
                  \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/rule/color}\columnseprulecolor
                  \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/multicols/afterbegin}%
               }%
               \pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/after@hook}{%
                  \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/multicols/beforeend}%
                  \aftergroup\itf@tocloft@aftermulticols
                  \end{multicols}%
                  \endgroup
               }%
            \fi
         \else
            \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentkey\@ne
            \pgfkeyslet{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/before@hook}\@empty
            \pgfkeyslet{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/after@hook}\@empty
         \fi}
         {\PackageError{interfaces-tocloft}
            {Key `columns': package multicol is required}\@eha}%
      },%
      columns/.default=2,columns/.blank=1,%
         multicol/.alias=columns,%
         multicols/.alias=columns,%
      twocolumns/.true=\pgfkeysalso{columns=2},%
      twocolumns/.false=\pgfkeysalso{columns=1},%
      columns/rule/.estore as dimen,%
      columns/rule/.default=\columnseprule,%
      columns/rule,% assign default
         columnseprule/.alias*=columns/rule,%
         columns/rule/width/.alias*=columns/rule,%
      columns/sep/.estore as dimen,%
      columns/sep/.default=\columnsep,%
      columns/sep/.blank=10\p@,%
      columns/sep,% assign default
         columnsep/.alias*=columns/sep,%
      columns/rule/color/.store as color command,%
      columns/rule/color,% assign default (\normalcolor)
         columnseprulecolor/.alias*=columns/rule/color,%
         columns/rulecolor/.alias*=columns/rule/color,%
         columns/color/.alias*=columns/rule/color,%
      multicolsep/.estore as glue,%
         multicolsep/.default=0pt plus4pt minus3pt,%
         multicolsep,% sets default
      milticols/beforebegin/.initial=,multicols/beforebegin/.default=,%
      multicols/afterbegin/.initial=,multicols/afterbegin/.default=,%
         multicols/begin/.alias=multicols/afterbegin,%
         multicols/before/.alias=multicols/afterbegin,%
      multicols/beforeend/.initial=,multicols/beforeend/.default=,%
      multicols/afterend/.initial=,multicols/afterend/.default=,%
         multicols/end/.alias=multicols/beforeend,%
         multicols/after/.alias=multicols/beforeend,%
   }% \pgfkeys
   \itf@AfterPackage{interfaces-bookmark}{%
   \def\itf@tocloft@bookmark@handler##1##2{%
      \pgfkeysEaddvalue{/itf/tocloft/##1/bookmark}{}{,##2}%
      \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/tocloft/##1/bookmark/text}\itf@tp
      \ifx \itf@tp\@empty
         \pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/tocloft/##1/bookmark/text}\contentsname \fi}%
   \pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/#1}{%
      bookmark/.is multiple choice,%
      bookmark/bold/.true=\itf@tocloft@bookmark@handler{#1}{bold=true},%
      bookmark/bold/.false=\itf@tocloft@bookmark@handler{#1}{bold=false},%
      bookmark/italic/.true=\itf@tocloft@bookmark@handler{#1}{italic=true},%
      bookmark/italic/.false=\itf@tocloft@bookmark@handler{#1}{italic=false},%
      bookmark/color/.code=\itf@tocloft@bookmark@handler{#1}{color={##1}},%
      bookmark/level/.code=\pgfkeysEsetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#1/bookmark/level}{%
                     \ifcsname toclevel@##1\endcsname
                        \csname toclevel@##1\endcsname
                     \else##1\fi}%
                     \itf@tocloft@bookmark@handler{#1}{},%
         bookmark/level/.default=-1,%
         bookmark/level/.initial=-1,%
      bookmark/text/.store as code,%
         bookmark/text/.default=\contentsname,%
      bookmark/.unknown/.code=\pgfkeysEaddvalue{/itf/tocloft/#1/bookmark}
                                          {}{\pgfkeyscurrentname={##1}},%
      bookmark/.initial=,%
   }% \pgfkeys
   }% AfterPackage interfaces-bookmark
   %% while making a format \jobname is expanded to the name of the format...
   %% Therefore, the following commands must be expanded \AtEndPreamble
   \AfterPreamble{%
      \BeforeFile{\jobname.#1}{%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/before}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/before@hook}%
      }%
      \AfterFile{\jobname.#1}{%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/columns/after@hook}%
         \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#1/after}%
      }%
   }%
   \ifcsname #1setup\endcsname\else
      \pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/#1}{%
         title={#3},%
         pagenumbers/.true=\@cftpnumon{#2},%
         pagenumbers/.false=\@cftpnumoff{#2},%
            pagenumbers/on/.alias=pagenumbers/true,
            pagenumbers/off/.alias=pagenumbers/false,
            pagenumber/.alias=pagenumbers,%
      }%
      \expandafter\pretocmd\csname @cftmake#1title\expandafter\endcsname
         \expandafter{\expandafter\itf@tocloft\csname cft#1title\endcsname{#1}{listof#2}}
      {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
         {\expandafter\string\csname @cftmake#1title\endcsname\space
            successfully augmented}}
      {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
         {\expandafter\string\csname @cftmake#1title\endcsname\space
            \space could not be patched
         \MessageBreak Keys label and bookmark won't work for \string\listofsetup}}%
   \fi
}% \itf@cft@newlistof
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    Then create the keys for \textt{toc},\, \textt{lof},\, and\, \textt{lot}:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\itf@cft@newlistof{toc}{}{}
\itf@cft@newlistof{lof}{}{}
\itf@cft@newlistof{lot}{}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% Specific to toc only -------------------------------------------------------
\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/toc}{%
   title/.store as code in cs=contentsname,%
      contentsname/.alias=title,%
   ref/.initial=\contentsname,%
      ref/.default=\contentsname,%
   pagenumbers/.style={% boolean key
      part/pagenumbers={#1},chapter/pagenumbers={#1},section/pagenumbers={#1},%
      subsubsection/pagenumbers={#1},subsubsection/pagenumbers={#1},%
      paragraph/pagenumbers={#1},subparagraph/pagenumbers={#1}},%
   pagenumber/.alias=pagenumbers,%
}%
%% Specific to lof and lot ----------------------------------------------------
\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/lof}{%
   title/.store as code in cs=listfigurename,%
      listfigurename/.alias=title,%
   ref/.initial=\listfigurename,%
      ref/.default=\listfigurename,%
}%
\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft/lot}{%
   title/.store as code in cs=listtablename,%
      listtablename/.alias=title,%
   ref/.initial=\listtablename,%
      ref/.default=\listtablename,%
}%
\if@cftsubfigopt
\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft}{%
   lof/pagenumbers/.style={figure/pagenumbers={#1},subfigure/pagenumbers={#1}},%
      lof/pagenumber/.alias=lof/pagenumbers,%
   lot/pagenumbers/.style={figure/pagenumbers={#1},subfigure/pagenumbers={#1}},%
      lot/pagenumber/.alias=lot/pagenumbers,%
}%
\else
\pgfqkeys{/itf/tocloft}{%
   lof/pagenumbers/.style={figure/pagenumbers={#1}},%
      lof/pagenumber/.alias=lof/pagenumbers,%
   lot/pagenumbers/.style={figure/pagenumbers={#1}},%
      lot/pagenumber/.alias=lot/pagenumbers,%
}%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cft@sectionname}
%
%    This macro converts \textt{subsection} into \textt{subsec} \etc. because of
%    \xpackage{tocloft} command names:§
%    \cs{cftbeforesubsecskip},\, \cs{cftsubsecindent} \etc.
%
%    And the keys are either \textt[\opt]{subsec}\, or\, \textt[\opt]{subsection}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@cft@name#1.#2.#3\@nil{cft#1\itf@cft@secname{#2}#3}
\def\itf@cft@secname#1{%
   \expandafter\itf@cft@sec@name\csname#1\endcsname{#1}%
}% \itf@cft@secname
\def\itf@cft@sec@name#1#2{%
   \ifx#1\relax #2\else
   \ifx#1\section sec\else
      \ifx#1\subsection subsec\else
         \ifx#1\subsubsection subsubsec\else
            \ifx#1\paragraph para\else
               \ifx#1\subparagraph subpara\else
                  \ifx#1\figure fig\else
                     \ifx#1\subsubfigure subfig\else
                        \ifx#1\table tab\else
                           \ifx#1\subtable subtab\else
                              \ifx#1\chapter chap\else
                                  #2\fi
   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
}% \itf@cft@section@name
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% tocloft setup for tables sections :
\pgfkeys{%
/handlers/.cft@def/.style={%
   \pgfkeyscurrentpath/.store in cs=\itf@cft@name #1\@nil},%
/handlers/.cft@code/.style={%
   \pgfkeyscurrentpath/.store as code in cs=\itf@cft@name #1\@nil},%
/handlers/.cft@length/.style={%
   \pgfkeyscurrentpath/.store in skip cs=\itf@cft@name #1\@nil},%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cft@newsection}
%
%    This macro creates the keys for each sectionning command.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@cft@newsection{\itf@cft@new@section{/itf/tocloft}}
\def\itf@cft@new@section#1#2#3{% #2 = toc | lof | lot, #3=part / chap / sec / subsec etc.
   \pgfqkeys{#1/#2/#3}{%
      skip/.cft@length=before.#3.skip,%
         beforeskip/.alias*=skip,%
         top/.alias*=skip,%
      indent/.cft@length=.#3.indent,%
      font/.cft@code=.#3.font,%
      font/.append code=\pgfkeysalso{/itf/tocloft/#2/#3/pagenumber/font={##1}},%
         format/.alias*=font,%
      color/.store as color,%
         color/.append code=\pgfkeysalso{/itf/tocloft/#2/#3/font+={%
            \color{\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#2/#3/color}}%
            \ifdefined\hypersetup \hypersetup{%
               linkcolor=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#2/#3/color}}%
            \fi}},%
         font/color/.alias=color,%
         format/color/.alias=color,%
      number/width/.cft@length=.#3.numwidth,%
         numwidth/.alias*=number/width,%
      presnum/.cft@code=.#3.presnum,%
         number/before/.alias*=presnum,%
      aftersnum/.cft@code=.#3.aftersnum,%
         number/after/.alias*=aftersnum,%
      aftersnumb/.cft@code=.#3.aftersnumb,%
         title/before/.alias*=aftersnumb,%
      leader/.cft@def=.#3.leader,%
         leader/.default=\cftdotfill{\csname\itf@cft@name.#3.dotsep\@nil\endcsname},%
         leaders/.alias=leader,%
      dotsep/.code={\ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \csdef{\itf@cft@name.#3.dotsep\@nil}{\cftdotsep}%
         \else
            \itf@units@mu\itf@musk{##1}%
            \csedef{\itf@cft@name.#3.dotsep\@nil}{\itf@strip@mu\itf@musk}%
         \fi},%
         dotsep/.blank=\cftnodots,%
      nodots/.code=\csdef{\itf@cft@name.#3.dotsep\@nil}{\cftnodots},%
         nodots/.value forbidden,%
      pagefont/.cft@code=.#3.pagefont,%
         page/font/.alias*=pagefont,%
         pagenumber/font/.alias*=pagefont,%
         pagenumbers/font/.alias*=pagefont,%
      page/color/.store as color,%
         page/color/.append code=\pgfkeysalso{/itf/tocloft/#2/#3/pagefont+={%
            \color{\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#2/#3/page/color}}%
            \ifdefined\hypersetup \hypersetup{%
               linkcolor=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#2/#3/page/color}}%
            \fi}},%
         pagenumber/color/.alias=page/color,%
         pagenumbers/color/.alias=page/color,%
         page/font/color/.alias=page/color,%
         pagenumber/font/color/.alias=page/color,%
         pagenumbers/font/color/.alias=page/color,%
      afterpnum/.cft@code=.#3.afterpnum,%
         page/after/.alias*=afterpnum,%
         pagenumber/after/.alias*=afterpnum,%
      pagenumbers/.on=\@cftpnumon{\itf@cft@secname{#3}},%
      pagenumbers/.off=\@cftpnumoff{\itf@cft@secname{#3}},%
         pagenumber/.alias=pagenumbers,%
   }% \pgfqkeys
}% \itf@cft@new@section
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@for\itf@tp:=part,chap,chapter,sec,section,subsec,subsection,%
              subsubsec,subsubsection,para,paragraph,subpara,subparagraph%
   \do{\edef\itf@tp{\noexpand\itf@cft@newsection{toc}{\itf@tp}}\itf@tp}%
\if@cftsubfigopt
   \@for\itf@tp:=fig,figure,subfig,subfigure%
      \do{\edef\itf@tp{\noexpand\itf@cft@newsection{lof}{\itf@tp}}\itf@tp}%
   \@for\itf@tp:=tab,table,subtab,subtable%
      \do{\edef\itf@tp{\noexpand\itf@cft@newsection{lot}{\itf@tp}}\itf@tp}%
\else
   \@for\itf@tp:=fig,figure%
      \do{\edef\itf@tp{\noexpand\itf@cft@newsection{lof}{\itf@tp}}\itf@tp}%
   \@for\itf@tp:=tab,table%
      \do{\edef\itf@tp{\noexpand\itf@cft@newsection{lot}{\itf@tp}}\itf@tp}%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\@cftmaketoctitle (patch)}
%    \begin{macro}{\@cftmakeloftitle (patch)}
%    \begin{macro}{\@cftmakelottitle (patch)}
%    \begin{macro}{\\newlistof (patch)}
%    \patchlabel{@cftmaketoctitle}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\itf@patch\pretocmd\@cftmaketoctitle
   {\itf@tocloft\contentsname{toc}{tableofcontents}}
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\@cftmaketoctitle\space successfully augmented}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\@cftmaketoctitle\space could not be patched
      \MessageBreak label and bookmark keys for \string\tocsetup\space won't work}}%
\itf@patch\pretocmd\@cftmakeloftitle
   {\itf@tocloft\listfigurename{lof}{listoffigures}}
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\@cftmakeloftitle\space successfully augmented}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\@cftmakeloftitle\space could not be patched
      \MessageBreak label and bookmark keys for \string\lofsetup\space won't work}}%
\itf@patch\pretocmd\@cftmakelottitle
   {\itf@tocloft\listtablename{lot}{listoftables}}
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\@cftmakelottitle\space successfully augmented}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\@cftmakelottitle\space could not be patched
      \MessageBreak label and bookmark keys for \string\lotsetup\space won't work}}%
\expandafter\itf@patch\expandafter\patchcmd\csname\string\newlistof\endcsname
   {#4}{\csname cft#3title\endcsname}
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\newlistof\space successfully patched}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\newlistof\space could not be patched
      \MessageBreak \string\listofsetup\space will not work}}%
\expandafter\itf@patch\expandafter\apptocmd\csname\string\newlistof\endcsname
   {\itf@cft@newlistof{#3}{#2}{#4}}
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\newlistof\space successfully augmented}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\newlistof\space could not be patched
      \MessageBreak \string\listofsetup\space will not work}}%
\expandafter\itf@patch\expandafter\apptocmd\csname\string\newlistentry\endcsname
   {\itf@cft@newsection{#3}{#2}}
   {\@PackageInfoNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\newlistentry\space successfully augmented}}
   {\@PackageWarningNoLine{interfaces-tocloft}
      {\string\newlistentry\space could not be patched
      \MessageBreak \string\listofsetup\space will not work}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cft@label}
%
%    \qquad \cs{itf@cft@label} insert the anchor for the table of contents
%    and makes the label (if the key \textt{label} of \cs{tocsetup}, \cs{lofsetup} etc.
%    has been set to a non empty value.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@tocloft#1#2#3{%
   \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{%
      \expandafter\itf@cft@label
            \expandafter#1\expandafter{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
}% \itf@tocloft
\long\def\itf@cft@label#1#2#3#4{%
   \def#1{#2}% restore original
   \begingroup
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/tocloft/#3/bookmark}
      {%
      \raisedhyperdef{interfaces}{#4}{#2}%
      \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#3/bookmark/text}\itf@tp
      \ifx \itf@tp\@empty \else
         \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#3/bookmark}\@tempa
         \expandafter\bookmark\expandafter[%
            \expandafter{\@tempa,
               dest=interfaces.#4,%
               level=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#3/bookmark/level}%
            }]{\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#3/bookmark/text}}%
         \global\BKM@startatroottrue
      \fi}
      {#2}%
   \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#3/label}\itf@tp
   \ifx \itf@tp\@empty \else
      \def\@currentHref{interfaces.#4}%
      \pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/tocloft/#3/ref}\@currentlabel
      \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
      \label{\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/tocloft/#3/label}}%
   \fi
   \endgroup
   \gdef\itf@tp{\def#1{#2}\global\let\itf@tp \relax}% restore original
   \aftergroup\itf@tp % simple group introduced by tocloft to print \contentsname
}% \itf@cft@label
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</tocloft>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[makecell]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*makecell>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-makecell}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 repeatcell to fill in tabulars (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@Check@Package{makecell}
\edef\itf@AtEnd{\catcode126 \the\catcode126}% 126 = ~
\AtEndOfPackage{\itf@AtEnd}
\catcode126 \active % 126 = ~
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{countvalues}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\countvalues}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\countvalues#1{\number\numexpr
   \expandafter\itf@countvalues\expandafter0#1,\countvalues\@nnil
}% \countvalues
\def\itf@countvalues#1#2,#3{%
   \ifx\countvalues#3%
      +#1\expandafter\remove@to@nnil
   \else
      +1\expandafter\itf@countvalues
   \fi1#3%
}% \itf@countvalues
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@getvalue}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@getvalue #1{\romannumeral -`\q
   \expandafter\itf@getv@lue \expandafter0#1,\itf@getvalue}
\def\itf@getv@lue#1#2\itf@getvalue #3{\itf@getv@lu@{#1}{#3-1}#2\itf@getvalue\@nnil}
\def\itf@getv@lu@#1#2#3,#4{%
   \ifnum \numexpr#1=\numexpr#2\relax
       #3\expandafter\remove@to@nnil
   \else\ifx\itf@getvalue#4\@empty
         \expandafter\expandafter
         \expandafter\remove@to@nnil
   \else \expandafter\expandafter
         \expandafter\itf@getv@lu@
   \fi\fi{#1+1}{#2}#4%
}% \itf@getv@lu@
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{repeatcell}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\repeatcell}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifitf@celltranspose
\newrobustcmd*\repeatcell{\begingroup \iffalse{\fi \ifnum0=`}\fi \itf@repeatcell}
\newrobustcmd*\itf@repeatcell[3][]{%
   \ifblank{#1}% alignment option ?
      {\let\itf@makecell\@firstofone}
      {\def\itf@makecell##1{\noexpand\makecell[{#1}]{##1}}}%
   \countdef\itf@col=100% local
   \countdef\itf@row=101% local
   \countdef\itf@cnt=102% local
   \toksdef\itf@cell=1% local
   \itf@pgfkeys
   \pgfqkeys{/itf/makecell/repeatcell}{@reset={#2},#3}%
   \toks@{\ifnum0=`{}\fi \endgroup}% local
   \ifnum\itf@row>\z@ % number
      \edef\itf@rowloop{\noexpand\@whilenum\itf@row<\the\itf@row}%
      \def\itf@cell@init{\def\r{\row}\let\R\@empty}%
   \else % list
      \def\itf@rowloop{\@for\r:=\itf@rows}%
      \expandafter\def\expandafter\itf@cell@init\expandafter{%
         \expandafter\def\expandafter\R\expandafter{%
            \expandafter\itf@getvalue\expandafter{\expandafter\@empty\itf@rows}}}%
   \fi
   \ifnum\itf@col>\z@ % number
      \edef\itf@colloop{\noexpand\@whilenum\itf@col<\the\itf@col}%
      \expandafter\def\expandafter\itf@cell@init\expandafter{%
         \itf@cell@init\def\c{\column}\let\C\@empty}%
   \else % list
      \def\itf@colloop{\@for\c:=\itf@cols}%
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\itf@cell@init
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
               \expandafter\itf@cell@init
               \expandafter\def\expandafter\C\expandafter{%
                     \expandafter\itf@getvalue\expandafter{\expandafter\@empty\itf@cols}}}%
   \fi
   \itf@cell@init % in case they are used in formulas
   \ifitf@celltranspose
      \itf@col\z@
      \itf@colloop\do{%
         \ifnum\itf@col>\z@
         \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/cr/row\the\itf@col}%
            {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/cr/row\the\itf@col}\itf@thecr}
            {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/cr}\itf@thecr}%
         \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \itf@thecr}%
         \fi
         \advance\itf@col\@ne
         \itf@row\z@
         \itf@rowloop\do{%
            \advance\itf@row\@ne
            \ifnum\itf@row>\@ne
               \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@&}%
            \fi
            \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \itf@cell@init}%
            \itf@cell@insert}% rows loop
      }% cols loop
   \else
   \itf@row\z@
   \itf@rowloop\do{%
      \ifnum\itf@row>\z@
         \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/cr/row\the\itf@row}%
            {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/cr/row\the\itf@row}\itf@thecr}
            {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/cr}\itf@thecr}%
         \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \itf@thecr}%
      \fi
      \advance\itf@row\@ne
      \itf@col\z@
      \itf@colloop\do{%
         \advance\itf@col\@ne
         \ifnum\itf@col>\@ne
            \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@&}%
         \fi
         \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \itf@cell@init}%
         \itf@cell@insert}% cols loop
      }% rows loop
   \fi
   \itf@message{Code introduced by repeatcell in the \@currenvir:^^J
                \the\toks@}% (to see the code...)
   \the\toks@ \ignorespaces
}% \itf@repeatcell
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@message}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\itf@message \@gobble
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    Now the keys for \cs{repeatcell}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@cell@rowcolkey{%
   \removefromstart\pgfkeyscurrentname{row}%
   \ifin@\else
      \removefromstart\pgfkeyscurrentname{col}%
   \fi
   \ifin@
      \itf@number\itf@cnt\pgfkeyscurrentname\relax\@nnil
         {\pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentkey\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}
         \in@false
   \fi
   \ifin@\else
      \pgfkeysvalueof{/errors/unknown key/.@cmd}\pgfkeyscurrentkey
                                                \pgfkeyscurrentvalue
                                                \pgfeov
   \fi
}% \itf@cell@rowcolkey
\pgfqkeys{/itf/makecell/repeatcell}{%
   font/.store in=\itf@cellfont,%
   font/.unknown/.code=\itf@cell@rowcolkey,%
   text/.store in=\itf@celltext,%
      text/.default=\ifdefined\C\C\column\fi,%
   text/.unknown/.code=\itf@cell@rowcolkey,%
   cr/.initial=\\,%
      cr/.default=\crcr,cr/.blank=\\,%
      end/.alias=cr,%
   cr/.unknown/.code=\itf@cell@rowcolkey,%
   rows/.code=\itf@number\itf@row#1\relax\@nnil
                  {\ifnum\itf@row<\z@\itf@row\@ne\fi}
                  {\itf@row\z@
                  \def\itf@rows{#1}\itf@expandonceifcs\itf@rows},%
      rows/.default=1,rows/.blank=1,%
   @cols/.is private=interfaces-makecell,%
   column/.is private=interfaces-makecell,%
   row/.is private=interfaces-makecell,%
   transpose/.is if=itf@celltranspose,%
   .unknown/.code=%
      \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text \itf@cell@formulaerror{}\z@ \fi
      \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\@empty \itf@cell@formulaerror{}\@ne \fi
      \pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeyscurrentkey/@calc}%
            {\itf@cell@formulaerror{}\tw@}
            {\pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentkey/@calc}\relax}%
      \itf@cell@getformula{#1}%
      \pgfkeysEaddvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/@calc}{}
         {\the\toks@\expandafter\noexpand\csname\pgfkeyscurrentname\endcsname}%
      \expandafter\let\csname\pgfkeyscurrentname\endcsname\@undefined,%
   @reset/.code=% #1 are the columns
      \itf@celltransposefalse
      \let\itf@celltext\@empty
      \let\itf@cellfont\@empty
      \pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/cr}{\\}%
      \itf@row\@ne
      \pgfkeyssetvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/@calc}{%
         \itf@cell@numcalc\itf@col\column
         \itf@cell@numcalc\itf@row\row}%
      \itf@number\itf@col#1\relax\@nnil
         {\ifnum\itf@col<\z@\itf@col\@ne\fi}
         {\itf@col\z@
         \def\itf@cols{#1}\itf@expandonceifcs\itf@cols},%
}% keys for \repeatcell
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cell@getformula}
%    Determines whether the formula should be evaluated with \cs{numexpr}, with \$\cs{pgfmath}\$ or \$\$\cs{FPeval}\$\$:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@cell@getformula#1{%
   \itf@cell@getf@rmula #1$$$\itf@cell@getformula$\relax\@nnil
   \expandafter\ifx\expandafter\toks@\the\toks@
      \itf@cell@formulaerror{#1}\thr@@
   \fi
}% \itf@cell@getformula
\def\itf@cell@getf@rmula #1$#2$#3$#4#5$#6{%
   \toks@{\toks@}%
   \ifx\itf@cell@getformula #4%
      \toks@{\itf@cell@numcalc{#1}}%
   \else\ifx $#4%
      \ifx\itf@cell@getformula #6%
         \ifdefined\pgfmathparse\else\itf@cell@formulaerror{#2}4\fi
         \toks@{\itf@cell@pgfcalc{#2}}%
      \else\ifx $#6%
         \ifdefined\FPeval\else\itf@cell@formulaerror{#3}5\fi
         \toks@{\itf@cell@FPcalc{#3}}%
      \fi\fi
   \fi\fi\remove@to@nnil
}% \itf@cell@getf@rmula
\def\itf@cell@formulaerror#1#2{%
   \def\itf@tp{#1}\@onelevel@sanitize\itf@tp
   \ifcase#2% 0
   \PackageError{interfaces-makecell}
      {Missing formula for key \pgfkeyscurrentname!}\@ehd
   \or %1
   \PackageError{interfaces-makecell}
      {Computed key \pgfkeyscurrentname\space wes left blank!}\@ehd
   \or %2
   \PackageError{interfaces-makecell}
      {Duplicate definition for computed key \pgfkeyscurrentname
      \MessageBreak\string\repeatcell\space will redefine the key}\@eha
   \or %3
   \PackageError{interfaces-makecell}
      {Incorrect formula in \string\repeatcell
      \MessageBreak Check: \itf@tp
      \MessageBreak Take care of commas and equal signs...}\@ehd
   \or %4
   \PackageError{interfaces-makecell}
      {Formula: \itf@tp
      \MessageBreak requires \string\pgfmathparse:\space\string\usetikz{pgfmath}}\@ehd
   \or %5
   \PackageError{interfaces-makecell}
      {Formula: \itf@tp
      \MessageBreak requires \string\FPeval:\space\string\usepackage{fp}}\@ehd
   \else
   \PackageError{interfaces-makecell}
      {Impossible value!}\@ehd
   \fi
}% \itf@cell@formulaerror
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \ClearPage*
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cell@calc}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cell@numcalc}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cell@pgfcalc}
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cell@FPcalc}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\protected\def\itf@cell@calc#1#2{%
   \edef#1{\def\noexpand#1{#2}}%
   \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ #1}%
   #1%
}% \itf@cell@calc
\protected\def\itf@cell@numcalc#1#2{%
   \itf@cell@calc#2{\number\numexpr#1}%
}% \itf@cell@numcalc
\protected\def\itf@cell@pgfcalc#1#2{%
   \pgfmathparse{#1}%
   \itf@cell@calc#2\pgfmathresult
}% \itf@cell@pgfcalc
\protected\def\itf@cell@FPcalc#1#2{%
   \begingroup
   \hfuzz\maxdimen \vfuzz\hfuzz \hbadness\@M \vbadness\hbadness
   \everypar{}\tracinglostchars\z@
   \setbox\z@\vbox{%\FPeval introduces some weird code, hence the calculation in a \vbox
      \FPeval\FPresult{#1}%
   \expandafter}\expandafter\endgroup
   \expandafter\itf@cell@calc\expandafter#2\expandafter{\FPresult}%
}% \itf@cell@FPcalc
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@cell@insert}
%    Insert a cell (into the temporary \cs{toks@} token register):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@cell@getifdefined#1#2{%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/#1}
      {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/#1}#2}
      {\let#2\@empty}%
}%
\def\itf@cell@insert{%
   \pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/makecell/repeatcell/@calc}%
   \ifx\R\@empty\else
      \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
         \expandafter\def\expandafter\r\expandafter{\r}}%
   \fi
   \ifx\C\@empty\else
      \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
         \expandafter\def\expandafter\c\expandafter{\c}}%
   \fi
   \itf@cell@getifdefined{font/row\the\itf@row}\itf@cellfontrow
   \itf@cell@getifdefined{font/col\the\itf@col}\itf@cellfontcol
   \itf@cell@getifdefined{text/row\the\itf@row}\itf@cellrow
   \itf@cell@getifdefined{text/col\the\itf@col}\itf@cellcol
   \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \itf@cellfont}%
   \ifx\itf@cellrow\@empty
      \ifx\itf@cellcol\@empty
         \itf@cell\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
            \expandafter\itf@cellfontcol \itf@cellfontrow}%
         \let\itf@tp\itf@celltext
      \else
         \itf@cell\expandafter{\itf@cellfontcol}%
         \let\itf@tp\itf@cellcol
      \fi
   \else
      \ifx\itf@cellcol\@empty
         \itf@cell\expandafter{\itf@cellfontrow}%
         \let\itf@tp\itf@cellrow
      \else
         \itf@cell{}%
         \ifitf@celltranspose
         \edef\itf@tp{\noexpand\itf@diaghead(-2,1)%
            {\expandonce\itf@cellfontrow\expandonce\itf@cellrow}
            {\expandonce\itf@cellfontcol\expandonce\itf@cellcol}}%
         \else
         \edef\itf@tp{\noexpand\itf@diaghead(-2,1)%
            {\expandonce\itf@cellfontcol\expandonce\itf@cellcol}
            {\expandonce\itf@cellfontrow\expandonce\itf@cellrow}}%
         \fi
      \fi
   \fi
   \itf@cell\expandafter{\the\expandafter\itf@cell \itf@tp}%
   \edef\itf@tp{\itf@makecell{\the\itf@cell}}%
   \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \itf@tp}%
}% \itf@cell@insert
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@diaghead}
%    A helper macro to \xpackage{makecell}'s \cs{diaghead}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@diaghead(#1)#2#3{%
   \begingroup
   \edef\itf@tp{\endgroup
   \noexpand\diaghead({#1}){\unexpanded{#2 #3}}%
                  {\unexpanded{#2}}
                  {\unexpanded{#3}}%
   }\itf@tp
}% \itf@diaghead
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{colortbl: patch for \cs{CT@cellc}}
% \patchlabel[corr.]{CT@cellc}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\CT@cellc}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AfterPackage*{colortbl}{%
\def\CT@cellc#1[#2]#3{%  #1 is either \@firstofone or \@gobble, [#2]#3 = color spec
   \xdef\CT@cell@color{\noexpand\CT@color#1{[{#2}]}{#3}%
   \global\let\noexpand\CT@cell@color\relax}%
}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</makecell>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \Subsection[enumitem]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*enumitem>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-enumitem}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 more control on lists (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@Check@Package{enumitem}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\interitem}
% Like \xpackage{amstext} \cs{intertext}, \cs{interitem} allows to add some non indented text
% inside a list environment:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providerobustcmd*\interitem{%
   \item[]\hskip-\leftmargin
}% \interitem
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\Key first= as alias to key start=}
%
%    A new key \textt{first} is defined in the \xpackage{enumitem} family. This is just an alias
%    for the key \textt{start} which sets the first number in an \textt{enumerate} list.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{enumitem}{first}[\@ne]{\setkeys{enumitem}{start={#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\setlist (extension, star form)}
%    \patchlabel[redef]{setlist}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewrobustcmd*\setlist{\begingroup \@ifstar
   {\let\do\csgappto \itf@setlist}
   {\let\do\csgdef   \itf@setlist}%
}% \setlist
\newrobustcmd*\itf@setlist[2][0]{%
   \let\enit@a\@empty
   \let\enit@b\@empty
   \@for\x:=#1\do{%
      \ifx\x\@empty\else
         \itf@number\count@\x\relax\@nnil
            {\edef\enit@b{\enit@b,\the\count@}}
            {\edef\enit@a{\enit@a,\x}}%
      \fi}%
   \ifx\enit@a\@empty\def\enit@a{list}\fi
   \ifx\enit@b\@empty\def\enit@b{0}\fi
   \@for\a:=\enit@a\do{%
      \ifx\a\@empty\else
      \@for\b:=\enit@b\do{%
         \ifx\b\@empty\else
         \ifcsundef{end\a}
            {\expandafter\itf@setlist@error\expandafter{\a}}
            {\do{enit@@\a\romannumeral\b}{,#2}}%
         \fi}%
      \fi}
   \endgroup
}% \itf@setlist
\def\itf@setlist@error#1{%
   \PackageError{interfaces-enumitem}
      {Environment `#1` is undefined
      \MessageBreak Use \string\newlist\space before \string\setlist
      \MessageBreak Your command will be ignored}\@eha
}% \itf@setlist@error
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</enumitem>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[truncate]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*truncate>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-truncate}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\trunctext}
%    \cs{trunctext} is like \cs{truncate} but leaves the text to its natural width if possible.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd\trunctext[3][\TruncateMarker]{% do nothing if width of #3 is less than #2
   \begingroup
      \hbadness\maxdimen\hfuzz\vsize
      \setbox\z@=\hbox to\dimexpr#2\relax\bgroup\color@begingroup
                                          \ignorespaces#3\unskip
                                          \color@endgroup\egroup
      \ifnum\badness>\@M \truncate[{#1}]{#2}{#3}%
%%            \def\next{\truncate[{#1}]{#2}{#3}}%
      \else #3%\def\next{#3}%
      \fi
   \endgroup
}% \trunctext
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\htruncadjust}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd\htruncadjust[1]{\@testopt
   {\itf@htruncadjust{#1}}{}%
}% \htruncadjust
\long\def\itf@htruncadjust#1[#2]#3{%#1=total width, #2=[x_1..x_n], #3=text_1..text_n
   \begingroup
   \let\itf@trunc@width\@empty
   \let\itf@istruncated\@gobble % to remove the first comma
   \let\the@dimen\relax
   \count@\z@  \dimen@\z@
   \ifblank{#2}% no optional [x_1,...,x_n] parameters
      {%
         \@for\x:=#3\do{%
            \advance \count@ \@ne
            \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup\color@begingroup
                              \ignorespaces\x\unskip
                           \color@endgroup\egroup
            \dimen\count@ = \wd\z@
            \toks\count@\expandafter{\the\dimen\count@}%
            \advance\dimen@ \dimen\count@}%
      }
      {%
         \@for\x:=#2\do{%
            \advance \count@ \@ne
            \toks\count@\expandafter{\x\p@}%
            \advance\dimen@ \x\p@
            \dimen\count@ -\@ne\p@}%
      }%
   \advance\count@\@ne \dimendef\itf@freespace=\count@
   \advance\count@\@ne \dimendef\itf@tempdim=\count@
   \advance\count@\@ne \dimendef\itf@sum=\count@
   \count@\z@
   \itf@freespace\z@ % free space left when   w_i < x_i/sum(x_i) * total
   \@for\x:=#3\do{%
      \advance \count@ \@ne
      \ifdim\dimen@=\z@ \else
         \ifdim \dimen\count@<\z@ % not measured before
               \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup\color@begingroup
                                 \ignorespaces\x\unskip
                                \color@endgroup\egroup
               \dimen\count@ = \wd\z@
         \fi
         \itf@tempdim = \itf@scaledimen{#1}*\the\toks\count@/\dimen@\relax
         \ifdim \dimen\count@ > \itf@tempdim
               \dimen\count@ = \itf@tempdim
               \edef\itf@istruncated{\itf@istruncated,\the\count@}%
               \advance\itf@sum by\the\toks\count@
         \else
            \advance\itf@freespace \itf@tempdim
            \advance\itf@freespace -\dimen\count@
         \fi
      \fi
      \edef\itf@trunc@width{\itf@trunc@width\the\count@{\the@dimen\the\count@}}%
   }%
%%   Free space=\the\itf@freespace\par
   \ifdim\itf@freespace > \z@ % reinsert free space proportionally
      \ifx\itf@istruncated\@gobble\else
      \@for\x:=\itf@istruncated\do{%
         \advance\dimen\x by\itf@scaledimen\itf@freespace*\the\toks\x/\itf@sum\relax
      }%
   \fi\fi
   \def\the@dimen{\the\dimen}%
   \edef\itf@trunc@width{\itf@trunc@width}%
   \expandafter\endgroup
      \expandafter\def
         \expandafter\itf@trunc@width
               \expandafter{\itf@trunc@width}%
%%   total=\the\dimexpr#1\relax
}% \itf@htruncadjust
\def\itf@scalefactor#1#2{\strip@pt\dimexpr#1*65536/#2\relax}
\def\itf@scaledimen#1*#2/#3\relax{%
   \dimexpr\itf@scalefactor{#2}{#3}\dimexpr#1\relax\relax
}% \itf@scaledimen
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\htruncwidth}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\htruncwidth[1]{% purely expandable
   \expandafter\itf@htruncwidth\itf@trunc@width\relax\relax\@nnil{#1}%
}% \htruncwidth
\def\itf@htruncwidth#1#2#3\@nnil#4{%
   \ifx\relax#1\itf@trunc@nosuchwidth{#4}%
   \else\ifnum#1=#4
      #2%
   \else
      \itf@htruncwidth#3\@nnil{#4}%
   \fi\fi
}% \itf@htruncwidth
\def\itf@trunc@nosuchwidth#1{%
   \PackageError{interfaces-truncate}
      {You requested the width for text nr#1
      \MessageBreak but there is no such text
      \MessageBreak Therefore no such width!}\@ehd
}% \itf@trunc@nosuchwidth
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</truncate>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \sectionformat\subsection{bookmark/color=black}
%
% \Subsection[appendix]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*appendix>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-appendix}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 easy control of appendices environment (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@Check@Package{appendix}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\appendices}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\itf@appendices@pp\appendices
\let\itf@endappendices@pp\endappendices
\let\itf@appendices@pp\appendices
\let\itf@endappendices@pp\endappendices
\renewenvironment{appendices}[1][]{%
   \pgfqkeys{/itf/appendix/appendices}{#1}%
   \itf@appendices@pp
   }
   {\itf@endappendices@pp}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfqkeys{/itf/appendix/appendices}{%
   title/.store as code in cs=appendixpagename,%
      title/.append code=\ifx\appendixpagename\@empty \@dopage@ppfalse
                        \else \@dopage@pptrue\fi,%
      title/.value required,%
   intoc/.is if=@dotoc@pp,%
   intoc/title/.store as code in cs=appendixtocname,%
      intoc/title/.append code=\ifx\appendixtocname\@empty \@dotoc@ppfalse
                                 \else \@dotoc@pptrue\fi,%
      intoc/title/.default=\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/appendix/appendices/title},%
   section/.is enum={section,chapter},%
      section/.append code={\@chapter@ppfalse
         \ifnum\pgfkeysvalueof{/itf/appendix/appendices/section/.number}=\z@
         \else \ifundef\chapter
            {\PackageWarning{interfaces-appendix}
               {You asked chapter-style appendices but your
               \MessageBreak current class does not provide chapters!}}
            \@chapter@pptrue
         \fi},%
   chapter/.style={section=chapter},%
      chapter/.value forbidden,%
}% keys for appendices environment
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</appendix>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[embedfile]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*embedfile>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-embedfile}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 easy macros to embed files into pdf (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\itf@Check@Package{embedfile}
\newrobustcmd*\embedthisfile{\@ifstar
   \embedthisfile@main
   \embedthisfile@all
}% \embedthisfile
\@onlypreamble\embedthisfile
\def\embedthisfile@main{\embedfile{\jobname.tex}}
\def\embedthisfile@all{%
   \embedthisfile@main
   \AfterPreamble{%
      \ltx@ifundefined{@listfiles}
         {\let\@listfiles \@empty}% to avoid: \global\let\@filelist\relax in \document
         {}%
   }%
   \gpreto\@enddocumenthook{%
      \let\do \itf@EmbedOne
      \expandafter\docsvlist\expandafter{\@filelist}%
   }%
}% \embedthisfile@all
\def\itf@EmbedOne#1{\itf@Embed@ne#1.tex\@nil}
\def\itf@Embed@ne#1.tex#2\@nil{%
   \ltx@ifundefined{cp@#1}
      {}
      {\ifblank{#2}
         {}
         {\embedfile{#1.tex}}}%
}% \itf@Embed@ne
%</embedfile>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[environ]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*environ>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-environ}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 ReNewEnviron = RenewEnviron (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\AfterPackage{environ}{
   \ifundef\ReNewEnviron
      {\let\ReNewEnviron\RenewEnviron}
      {}%
}%
%</environ>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \Subsection[umrand]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*umrand>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-umrand}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 patch for umrand.sty ifnotempty (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\BeforePackage{umrand}{%
   \let\itf@newif\newif
   \def\itf@tp{\ifnotempty}%
   \def\newif#1{\def\x{#1}\ifx\x\itf@tp \expandafter\@gobble
      \else\expandafter\ltx@newif\fi{#1}}%
}
\AfterPackage{umrand}{%
   \let\newif\itf@newif
   \let\itf@newif\@undefined
}
%</umrand>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \Subsection[scrlfile]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*scrlfile>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-scrlfile}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 scrlfile hooks improved (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\@pkgextension}
%    \begin{macro}{\@clsextension}
%    \patchlabel{@pkgextension}\patchlabel{@clsextension}
% In \LaTeX{} they are defined \cs{@onlypreamble}. So we use the \xpackage{ltxcmds} equivalents:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AfterEndPreamble{%
   \let\@pkgextension\ltx@pkgextension
   \let\@clsextension\ltx@clsextension
   \let\@ifpackageloaded\ltx@ifpackageloaded
   \let\@ifclassloaded\ltx@ifclassloaded
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\scr@load@hook}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewrobustcmd*\scr@load@hook[2]{%
   \csuse{#2-@#1}%
   \ifcsname#2-@#1-\string\keep\endcsname\else\global\csundef{#2-@#1}\fi
}% \scr@load@hook
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\scr@set@load@hook (optimisation)}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewrobustcmd*\scr@set@load@hook[2]{\csgappto{#2-@#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\BeforeFile}
%    \begin{macro}{\AfterFile}
%
%    Addition of  star  forms \stform*: the hooks are not canceled
%    after \textt{input} (in case a file is input more than once...)
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewrobustcmd*\BeforeFile{\@ifstar
   {\itf@s@LoadFile{before}}
   {\itf@LoadFile{before}}%
}% \BeforeFile
\renewrobustcmd*\AfterFile{\@ifstar
   {\itf@s@LoadFile{after}}
   {\itf@LoadFile{after}}%
}% \AfterFile
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@s@LoadFile#1#2{%
   \global\cslet{#2-@#1-\string\keep}\@empty
   \scr@set@load@hook{#1}{#2}%
}% \itf@s@LoadFile
\def\itf@LoadFile#1#2{%
   \global\csundef{#2-@#1-\string\keep}%
   \scr@set@load@hook{#1}{#2}%
}% \itf@LoadFile
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\@input (patch)}
%
%    This modification allows \cs{@input} to behaves like \cs{InputIfFileExists}
%    as far as hooks are concerned. \patchlabel{@input}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*\@input[1]{\IfFileExists{#1}
   {\scr@load@hook{before}{#1}%
    \@@input\@filef@und
    \scr@load@hook{after}{#1}}%
   {\typeout{No file #1.}}%
}% \@input
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</scrlfile>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \sectionformat\subsection{bookmark/color*=copper}
% \Subsection[pgfkeys]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*pgfkeys>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-pgfkeys}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 pgfkeys handlers definitions (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\ifdefined\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler % pgf version 2.1
\def\itf@pgfkeys{%
   \global\let\pgfkeys@unpack       \itf@pgfkeys@unpack
   \global\let\pgfkeys@case@three   \itf@pgfkeys@case@three
   \global\let\pgfkeys@case@three@handleall\itf@pgfkeys@case@three@handleall
}% \itf@pgfkeys
\else
\def\itf@pgfkeys{%
   \global\let\pgfkeys@unpack       \itf@pgfkeys@unpack
   \global\let\pgfkeys@case@three   \itf@pgfkeys@case@three
   \global\let\pgfkeysaddvalue      \itf@pgfkeysaddvalue
   \global\let\pgfkeys@exp@call     \itf@pgfkeys@exp@call
}% \itf@pgfkeys
\fi
\AtBeginDocument{\itf@pgfkeys \let\itf@pgfkeys \relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{Some new pgfkeys macros}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pgfkeysmeaning}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand*\pgfkeysmeaning[1]{\pgfkeysifdefined{#1}
   {\expandafter\meaning\csname pgfk@#1\endcsname}
   {\meaning\@undefined}%
}% \pgfkeysmeaning
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded#1{%
   \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
                        \csname pgfk@#1\endcsname}%
}% \pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \paragraph{Some pgfkeys macros redefinition/corrections}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pgfkeysaddvalue (bug correction)}
%
%    Bug in \cs{pgfkeysaddvalue} for pgf v2.0, fixed in v2.1
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler \else % pgf v2.1: bug fixed
\def\itf@pgfkeysaddvalue#1#2#3{% (pgf v2.0: bug in pgfkeys.code.tex)
   \edef\pgfkeys@global@temp{%
      \unexpanded{#2}%
      \ifcsname pgfk@#1\endcsname
         \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
                           \csname pgfk@#1\endcsname}%
      \fi
      \unexpanded{#3}}%
   \pgfkeyslet{#1}\pgfkeys@global@temp
}% \itf@pgfkeysaddvalue
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pgfkeysEsetvalue}
%    \begin{macro}{\pgfkeysEaddvalue}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler \long \fi % pgf version 2.1
\def\pgfkeysEsetvalue#1#2{%
   \expandafter\edef\csname pgfk@#1\endcsname{#2}%
}% \pgfkeysEsetvalue
\ifdefined\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler \long \fi % pgf v2.1
\def\pgfkeysEaddvalue#1#2#3{% \csepreappto{pgfk@#1}{#2}{#3}
   \edef\pgfkeys@global@temp{%
      #2%
      \ifcsname pgfk@#1\endcsname
         \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
            \csname pgfk@#1\endcsname}%
      \fi
      #3}%
   \pgfkeyslet{#1}\pgfkeys@global@temp
}% \pgfkeysEaddvalue
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pgfkeys@exp@call}
%
%    Missed the braces around the argument (in case the argument contains a comma or an $=$ sign...):
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% missed a pair of braces around the argument in pgfkeys.code.tex (pgf v2.0)
%% ( the code could break if it contains = or , )
\ifdefined\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler\else % (bug corrected in pgf v2.1)
   \def\itf@pgfkeys@exp@call#1{\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath={#1}}}%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \paragraph(/.blank){Handlers \handler/.blank/}
% \patchlabel[redef]{pgfkeys@unpack}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% The value is now checked by \itf@pgfkeys@default@blank@required:
\ifdefined\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler \long \fi % pgf v2.1
\def\itf@pgfkeys@unpack#1=#2=#3\pgfkeys@stop{%
  \pgfkeys@spdef\pgfkeyscurrentkey{#1}%
  \edef\pgfkeyscurrentkey{\pgfkeyscurrentkey}%
  \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentkey\pgfkeys@empty
    % Skip
  \else%
    \pgfkeys@add@path@as@needed
    \pgfkeys@spdef\pgfkeyscurrentvalue{#2}%
    \itf@pgfkeys@default@blank@required % <FC>
                     \pgfkeyscurrentkey % <FC>
                      \pgfkeys@case@one % <FC>
  \fi
}% \itf@pgfkeys@unpack
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@pgfkeys@default@blank@required}
%
%    \hskip4cm Handle the case: \handler/.@def/ \smex \handler/.@blank/ \smex \handler/.@def/ ...
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@pgfkeys@default@blank@required#1#2{%
   \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text% Hmm... no value
      \pgfkeysifdefined{#1/.@def}%
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{#1/.@def}\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}
         {}% no default, so leave it
   \fi
   \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\@empty
      \pgfkeysifdefined{#1/.@blank}
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{#1/.@blank}\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}
         {}% no /.blank specified
   \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text% in case /.blank -> \pgfkeysnovalue
      \pgfkeysifdefined{#1/.@def}%
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{#1/.@def}\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}
         {}% no default, so leave it
   \fi\fi
   \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysvaluerequired
      \pgfkeysvalueof{/errors/value required/.@cmd}\pgfkeyscurrentkey
                                                   \pgfkeyscurrentvalue
                                                   \pgfeov
   \else
      #2%
   \fi
}% \itf@pgfkeys@default@blank@required
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \paragraph(/.default){Allowing \handler/.default/ values (and \handler/.blank/ values) for handlers:}
% \patchlabel{pgfkeys@case@three}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% To handle the cases of: /handler/.default= /handler/.blank= /handler/.value required,
%% it is necessary to redefine \pgfkeys@case@three
\def\itf@pgfkeys@case@three{%
   \pgfkeys@split@path
   \pgfkeysifdefined{/handlers/\pgfkeyscurrentname/.@cmd}
      {%
      \itf@pgfkeys@default@blank@required{/handlers/\pgfkeyscurrentname}%
         {\pgfkeysgetvalue{/handlers/\pgfkeyscurrentname/.@cmd}\pgfkeys@code
          \expandafter\pgfkeys@code\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfeov}%
      }
     \pgfkeys@unknown % no handler, thus the key is unknown
}% \itf@pgfkeys@case@three
\ifdefined\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler
   \let\itf@pgfkeys@case@three@handleall \itf@pgfkeys@case@three
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bookmarksetup{disable*}
% \paragraph{Loading interfaces modifications for pgfkeys}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\itf@pgfkeys
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.alias){Handler definition: \handler/.alias/, \handler/.blank/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.alias/.code=\itf@pgfkeys@ifaliasexists{#1}{%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
                  \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeysdefaultpath#1={##1}}}},%
      /handlers/.alias/.value required,%
   /handlers/.blank/.code=\pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}{#1},%
      /handlers/.blank/.default=\pgfkeysnovalue,%
}% /.alias   and  /.blank
\def\itf@pgfkeys@ifaliasexists#1#2{%
   \pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeysdefaultpath#1/.@cmd}{#2}
      {\pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeysdefaultpath#1}
         {#2}
         {\itf@pgfkeys@aliaserror{#1}}}%
}% \itf@pgfkeys@ifaliasexists
\def\itf@pgfkeys@aliaserror#1{%
   \PackageError{interfaces-pgfkeys}
      {You want the key \pgfkeyscurrentpath\space
      \MessageBreak to be an alias for \pgfkeysdefaultpath#1
      \MessageBreak but the key \pgfkeysdefaultpath#1
      \MessageBreak is not defined!}\@eha\@gobble
}% \itf@pgfkeys@aliaserror
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.alias*){Handler definition: \handler/.alias*/}
%
% For use with handlers \handler/.store as glue/ or \handler/.store as glue in cs/ \etc. when a handler
% defines key with \stform* version and/or \stform+ version and/or \stform- versions.
%
% Then, the \handler/.alias*/ handler is a facility to create aliases for starred \stform*, \stform+, \stform-
% keys in a batch (as long as the alias exists, of course).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{
   /handlers/.alias*/.code=\itf@pgfkeys@ifaliasexists{#1}{%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{\noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeysdefaultpath#1={##1}}}%
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeysdefaultpath#1\x/.@cmd}
            {\pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeysdefaultpath#1\x={##1}}}}
            {}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.alias*/.value required,%
}% /.alias*
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.is private){Handler definition: \handler/.is private/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.is private/.code=\pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
      \PackageError{#1}{Key \pgfkeyscurrentkey\space is private
      \MessageBreak and should not be modified}\@ehd},%
   /handlers/.is private to class/.code=\pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
      \ClassError{#1}{Key \pgfkeyscurrentkey\space is private
      \MessageBreak and should not be modified}\@ehd}%
}% /.is private
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \paragraph(/.true){Handlers definition: \handler/.true/ \handler/.false/ \handler/.on/ \handler/.off/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\itf@pgfkeys@choice[#1]#2#3{%
   \pgfkeys{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.cd,%
      .is choice,%
      #2/.code={#3},%
      .default/.expanded=\@firstoftwo#1}%
}% \itf@pgfkeys@choice
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.true/.code=\itf@pgfkeys@choice[{true}{false}]{true}{#1},%
   /handlers/.false/.code=\itf@pgfkeys@choice[{true}{false}]{false}{#1},%
   /handlers/.on/.code=\itf@pgfkeys@choice[{on}{off}]{on}{#1},%
   /handlers/.off/.code=\itf@pgfkeys@choice[{on}{off}]{off}{#1},%
}% /.true /.false
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store in cs, /.estore in cs){Handlers definition: \handler/.store in cs/ \handler/.estore in cs/ etc.}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store in cs/.code=\pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{\csdef{#1}{##1}},%
   /handlers/.estore in cs/.code=\pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{\csedef{#1}{##1}},%
}% /.store in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as code){Handler definition: \handler/.store as code/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% /.store as code handlers
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as code/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}\noexpand\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\@empty
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\@empty
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.expanded={%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}%
               \noexpand\unexpanded{##1}}}}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}\@empty
      }},%
   /handlers/.store as code/.default=*+,%
}% /.store as code
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.estore as code){Handler definition: \handler/.estore as code/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as code/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{##1}}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\@empty
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.expanded={%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}%
               \noexpand\unexpanded{##1}}}}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.estore as code/.default=*+,%
}% /.estore as code
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as code in cs){Handler definition: \handler/.store as code in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as code in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csdef{#1}{##1}\fi}%
      \@tfor\x:=*+\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.expanded={%
               \noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
                  \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\expandonce
                     \noexpand\csname#1\endcsname
               \noexpand\fi
               \noexpand\unexpanded{##1}}}}%
         \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}\@empty
      }},%
   /handlers/.store as code in cs/.value required,%
}% /.store as code in cs
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as code in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csedef{#1}{##1}\fi}%
      \@tfor\x:=*+\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.expanded={%
               \noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
                  \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\expandonce
                        \noexpand\csname#1\endcsname
               \noexpand\fi
               \noexpand\unexpanded{##1}}}}%
      }},%  default if \pgfkeysnovalue which expands to \@empty
   /handlers/.estore as code in cs/.value required,%
}% /.estore as code in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as color){Handler definition: \handler/.store as color/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\protected\def\itf@pgfk@color#1#2\@nil{%
   \ifx\@let@token\color
      \def\pgfkeyscurrentvalue{#2}%
   \else\ifx\@let@token\normalcolor
      \def\pgfkeyscurrentvalue{default}%
   \else\ifx\@let@token\pgfkeysnovalue
      \def\pgfkeyscurrentvalue{default}%
   \fi\fi\fi
}% \itf@pgfk@color
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as color/.code=%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \futurelet\noexpand\@let@token\itf@pgfk@color
                        ##1\noexpand\pgfkeysnovalue\noexpand\@nil
         \noexpand\pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}\noexpand\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}%
}% /.store as color
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as color in cs){Handler definition: \handler/.store as color in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as color in cs/.code=%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \futurelet\noexpand\@let@token\itf@pgfk@color
                        ##1\noexpand\pgfkeysnovalue\noexpand\@nil
         \cslet{#1}\noexpand\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}%
}% /.store as color in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as color command){Handler definition: \handler/.store as color command/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\protected\def\itf@pgfk@colorcmd#1\@nil{%
   \ifcat @\noexpand\@let@token
      \def\pgfkeyscurrentvalue{\color{#1}}%
   \else\ifcat 0\noexpand\@let@token
      \def\pgfkeyscurrentvalue{\color{#1}}%
   \else\ifx\@let@token\@nil
      \let\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\normalcolor
   \fi\fi\fi
}% \itf@pgfk@colorcmd
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as color command/.code=%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \futurelet\noexpand\@let@token\itf@pgfk@colorcmd
                        ##1\noexpand\@nil
         \noexpand\pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}\noexpand\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}%
      \pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\normalcolor
}% /.store as color command
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as color command in cs){Handler definition: \handler/.store as color command in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as color command in cs/.code=%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \futurelet\noexpand\@let@token\itf@pgfk@colorcmd
                        ##1\noexpand\@nil
         \cslet{#1}\noexpand\pgfkeyscurrentvalue}%
      \pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\normalcolor
}% /.store as color command in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as number){Handler definition \handler/.store as number/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as number/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{\numexpr##1\relax}}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.expanded=%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}%
               \x
               \numexpr\unexpanded{##1}\relax}}%
         \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
         \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.store as number/.default=+-*,%
}% /.store as number
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph{/.store as number in cs}{Handler definition: \handler/.store as number in cs/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as number in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csdef{#1}{\numexpr##1\relax}\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \letcs\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp{%
               \noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
                  #1\noexpand\else\if*\x @ne\else z@\fi\noexpand\fi}%
         \edef\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath={%
               \noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp
               \x
               \numexpr\noexpand\unexpanded{##1}\relax}}%
         }\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.store as number in cs/.value required,%
}% /.store as number in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.estore as number){Handler definition: \handler/.estore as number/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as number/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{%
                     \noexpand\number\numexpr##1\relax}}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}%
               \x
               \numexpr##1\relax}}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.estore as number/.default=+-*,%
}% /.estore as number
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.estore as number in cs){Handler definition: \handler/.estore as number in cs/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as number in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csedef{#1}{\number\numexpr##1\relax}\fi}%
   \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
   \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
      \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
            \noexpand\csname\noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
               #1\noexpand\else\if*\x @ne\else z@\fi\noexpand\fi\endcsname
            \x
            \numexpr##1\relax}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.estore as number in cs/.value required,%
}% /.estore as number in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store in counter cs){Handler definition: \handler/.store in counter cs/}
%
% \handler/.store in count cs/ is exactly the same.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store in counter cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csname#1\endcsname\numexpr##1\relax\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
   \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
      \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
            \noexpand\csname\noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
            #1\noexpand\else\if*\x @ne\else z@\fi\noexpand\fi\endcsname
            \x
            \numexpr##1\relax}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.store in counter cs/.value required,%
}% /.store in counter cs
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store in count cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csname#1\endcsname\numexpr##1\relax\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
   \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
      \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
            \noexpand\csname\noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
            #1\noexpand\else\if*\x @ne\else z@\fi\noexpand\fi\endcsname
            \x
            \numexpr##1\relax}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.store in count cs/.value required,%
}% /.store in count cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as glue){Handlers definition: \handler/.store as glue/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as glue/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{\glueexpr##1\relax}}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\z@skip
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\z@skip
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@skip
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.expanded=%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}%
               \x
               \if*\x\noexpand\itf@units@scaleNoCalc##1!
               \else\glueexpr\noexpand\unexpanded{##1}\relax\fi}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.store as glue/.default=+-*,%
}% /.store as glue
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as glue in cs){Handlers definition: \handler/.store as glue in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as glue in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csdef{#1}{\glueexpr##1\relax}\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@skip
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \letcs\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp{%
               \noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
                  #1\noexpand\else z@skip\noexpand\fi}%
            \edef\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp{%
               \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath={%
                  \noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp
                  \x
                  \if*\x\noexpand\itf@units@scaleNoCalc##1!
                  \else\glueexpr\noexpand\unexpanded{##1}\relax\fi}}%
            }\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.store as glue in cs/.value required,%
}% /.store as glue in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.estore as glue){Handlers definition: \handler/.estore as glue/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as glue/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{%
         \itf@setlength\itf@sk{##1}%
         \noexpand\pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{%
                     \noexpand\the\itf@sk}}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\z@skip
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\z@skip
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@skip
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}\x
               \if*\x \noexpand\itf@units@scale##1!
               \else\glueexpr##1\relax\fi}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.estore as glue/.default=+-*,%
}% /.estore as glue
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.estore as glue in cs){Handlers definition: \handler/.estore as glue in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as glue in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\itf@setlength\itf@sk{##1}%
              \csedef{#1}{\the\itf@sk}\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@skip
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
               \noexpand\csname\noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
                  #1\noexpand\else z@skip\noexpand\fi\endcsname
               \x
               \if*\x\noexpand\itf@units@scale##1!
               \else\glueexpr##1\relax\fi}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.etore as glue in cs/.value required,%
}% /.estore as glue in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store in skip cs){Handlers definition: \handler/.store in skip cs/}
%
% This is a variant of \handler/.estore as glue in cs/ when the control sequence in a \cs{skip} (\ie a length).
% The skip is given by its name, not as a control sequence.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store in skip cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\expandafter\itf@setlength\csname#1\endcsname{##1}\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{/\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@skip
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
               \csname#1\endcsname  % should have been defined as a skip (not expandable)
               \x
               \if*\x\noexpand\itf@units@scale##1!
               \else\glueexpr##1\relax\fi}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@skip\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.store in skip cs/.value required,%
}% /.store in skip cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as dimen){Handlers definition: \handler/.store as dimen/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as dimen/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \noexpand\pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{\dimexpr##1\relax}}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.expanded={%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof@unexpanded{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}%
               \x
               \if*\x \noexpand\itf@units@scaleNoCalc##1!
               \else\dimexpr\noexpand\unexpanded{##1}\relax\fi}}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.store as dimen/.default=+-*,%
}% /.store as dimen
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store as dimen in cs){Handlers definition: \handler/.store as dimen in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store as dimen in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\csdef{#1}{\dimexpr##1\relax}\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \letcs\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp{%
               \noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
                  #1\noexpand\else z@\noexpand\fi}%
            \edef\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp{%
            \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath={%
               \noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp
               \x
               \if*\x\noexpand\itf@units@scaleNoCalc##1!
               \else\dimexpr\noexpand\unexpanded{##1}\relax\fi}}%
            }\noexpand\pgfkeys@temp}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.store as dimen in cs/.value required,%
}% /.store as dimen in cs {csname}{+-*}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.estore as dimen){Handlers definition: \handler/.estore as dimen/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as dimen/.code={%
      \pgfkeysedef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \itf@setlength\itf@sk{##1}%
         \noexpand\pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{%
               \noexpand\the\dimexpr\itf@sk}}%
      \pgfkeyslet\pgfkeyscurrentpath\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\z@
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=#1\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
               \noexpand\pgfkeysvalueof{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}\x
               \if*\x   \noexpand\itf@units@scale##1!
               \else    \dimexpr##1\relax\fi}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      }},%
   /handlers/.estore as dimen/.default=+-*,%
}% /.estore as dimen
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \paragraph(/.estore as dimen in cs){Handlers definition: \handler/.estore as dimen in cs/\csuse{=cs-name}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.estore as dimen in cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else \itf@setlength\itf@sk{##1}%
               \csedef{#1}{\the\dimexpr\itf@sk}\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \noexpand\ifcsname#1\endcsname
               \noexpand\@defaultunits \itf@sk
                  \noexpand\csname#1\endcsname pt\relax\noexpand\@nnil
            \noexpand\else \itf@sk \z@ \noexpand\fi
            \if*\x
               \itf@setlength\itf@sk {\itf@sk*\noexpand\itf@units@scale##1!}%
            \else
               \noexpand\@defaultunits\@tempdima ##1pt \relax\noexpand\@nnil
               \advance\itf@sk\x \@tempdima
            \fi
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=\itf@sk}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.etore as dimen in cs/.value required,%
}% /.estore as dimen in cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.store in dimen cs){Handlers definition: \handler/.store in dimen cs/}
%
% This is a variant of \handler/.store as dimen in cs/ when the control sequence in a \cs{dimen}.
% The dimen is given by its name, not as a control sequence.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.store in dimen cs/.code={%
      \pgfkeysdef\pgfkeyscurrentpath{%
         \ifx\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfkeysnovalue@text
         \else\expandafter\itf@setlength\csname#1\endcsname{##1}\fi}%
      \pgfkeyslet{/\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\z@
      \@tfor\x:=+-*\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x}{%
            \if*\x \else
            \noexpand\@defaultunits\itf@sk ##1pt \relax\noexpand\@nnil
            \fi
            \noexpand\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath=%
               \csname#1\endcsname % has been defined as a dimen (not expandable)
               \x
               \if*\x \noexpand\itf@units@scale##1!
               \else\itf@sk\fi}}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@def}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
      \pgfkeysEsetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath\x/.@blank}{\if*\x\@ne\else\z@\fi}%
   }},%
   /handlers/.store in dimen cs/.value required,%
}% /.store in dimen cs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.is multiple choice){Handlers definition: \handler/.is multiple choice/}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.is multiple choice/.code=%
      \pgfkeys{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.cd,%
      .unknown/.style={%
         /errors/unknown choice value=\pgfkeyscurrentkey\pgfkeyscurrentvalue},%
      .code=\expandafter\pgfkeys\expandafter{\pgfkeyscurrentkey/.cd,####1}%
      },%
   /handlers/.is multiple choice/.value forbidden,%
}% /.is multiple choice
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \paragraph(/.is enum){Handlers definition: \handler/.is enum/}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
   /handlers/.is enum/.code={%
      \itf@cnt\z@
      \@for\x:=\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\do{%
         \pgfkeysedef{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/\x}{%
            \noexpand\pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{\x}%
            \noexpand\pgfkeyssetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.number}{\the\itf@cnt}}%
         \ifnum\itf@cnt=\z@
            \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@def}\x
            \pgfkeyslet{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@blank}\x
         \fi
         \advance\itf@cnt\@ne
      }%
      \pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.is choice}},%
   /handlers/.is enum/.value required,%
}% /.is enum
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</pgfkeys>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \Subsection[etoolbox]
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*etoolbox>
\ProvidesPackage{interfaces-etoolbox}
   [2011/02/19 v3.1 more etoolbox-like commands (FC)]
\RequirePackage{interfaces-base}
\begingroup\catcode`\&=3
   \long\gdef\etb@doitem#1&{\do{#1}}
\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\preappto}
%    \begin{macro}{\epreappto}
%    \begin{macro}{\gpreappto}
%    \begin{macro}{\xpreappto}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providerobustcmd\preappto[3]{%
   \edef#1{\unexpanded{#2}\ifdefined#1\expandonce#1\fi\unexpanded{#3}}%
}% \preappto
\providerobustcmd\epreappto[3]{%
   \edef#1{#2\ifdefined#1\expandonce#1\fi#3}%
}% \epreappto
\providerobustcmd*\gpreappto{\global\preappto}
\providerobustcmd*\xpreappto{\global\epreappto}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\cspreappto}
%    \begin{macro}{\csepreappto}
%    \begin{macro}{\csgpreappto}
%    \begin{macro}{\csxpreappto}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providerobustcmd*\cspreappto[1]{%
   \csname itf@\ifcsname#1\endcsname
      preappto\else defpreapp\fi\expandafter\endcsname
                           \csname#1\endcsname
}% \cspreappto
\long\def\itf@preappto#1#2#3{\edef#1{#2\expandonce#1#3}}
\long\def\itf@defpreapp#1#2#3{\edef#1{#2#3}}
\providerobustcmd*\csepreappto[1]{%
   \csname itf@\ifcsname#1\endcsname
      preappto\else defpreapp\fi\expandafter\endcsname
                           \csname#1\endcsname
}% \csepreappto
\providerobustcmd*\csgpreappto{\global\cspreappto}
\providerobustcmd*\csxpreappto{\global\csepreappto}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\removefrom}
%    \begin{macro}{\eremovefrom}
%    \begin{macro}{\gremovefrom}
%    \begin{macro}{\xremovefrom}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providerobustcmd\removefrom[2]{\in@false
   \long\def\itf@tp##1\itf@tp{%
      \in@true
      \edef#1{\unexpanded{##1}}%
   }\expandafter\itf@removefrom\expandafter{#1}{#2}%
}% \removefrom
\providerobustcmd\eremovefrom[2]{\begingroup
   \edef\x{\endgroup\removefrom\noexpand#1{#2}%
   }\x
}% \eremovefrom
\providerobustcmd\gremovefrom[2]{%
   \removefrom{#1}{#2}%
   \global\let#1=#1%
}% \gremovefrom
\providerobustcmd\xremovefrom[2]{%
   \eremovefrom{#1}{#2}%
   \global\let#1=#1%
}% \xremovefrom
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@removefrom}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\itf@removefrom#1#2{% removes #2 (code) from #1 (hook)
   \def\in@@##1#2##2\in@@{\itf@tp##1##2\in@@@}%
   \def\in@@@##1\in@@@##2\in@@@{%
      \ifx\in@##2\else##1\fi
   }\expandafter\in@@@\in@@#1\itf@tp\in@@@#2\in@\in@@
}% \itf@removefrom
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\removefromstart}
%    \begin{macro}{\eremovefromstart}
%    \begin{macro}{\gremovefromstart}
%    \begin{macro}{\xremovefromstart}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd\removefromstart[2]{\in@false
   \long\def\itf@tp##1\itf@tp{%
      \in@true
      \edef#1{\unexpanded{##1}}%
   }\expandafter\itf@removefromstart\expandafter{#1}{#2}%
}% \removefromstart
\providerobustcmd\eremovefromstart[2]{\begingroup
   \edef\x{\endgroup\removefromstart\noexpand#1{#2}%
   }\x
}% \eremovefromstart
\providerobustcmd\gremovefromstart[2]{%
   \removefromstart{#1}{#2}%
   \global\let#1=#1%
}% \gremovefromstart
\providerobustcmd\xremovefromstart[2]{%
   \eremovefromstart{#1}{#2}%
   \global\let#1=#1%
}% \xremovefromstart
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\itf@removefromstart}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\itf@removefromstart#1#2{% removes #2 (code) from #1 (hook)
   \long\def\in@@##1#2##2\in@@{##1\in@\itf@tp##2\in@@@}%
   \long\def\in@@@##1\in@@@##2\in@@@{%
      \ifx\in@##1\fi
   }\expandafter\in@@@\in@@#1\itf@tp\in@@@#2\in@@
}% \itf@removefromstart
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</etoolbox>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \clearpage\restoregeometry
% \pagesetup*{
%     left/offset-=1.5cm,
%     right/offset+=.5cm,
%     head/right/font=\small\bfseries\sffamily\pkgcolor,
%     head/right=\hyperref{}{}{\thefirstmarks{sectionanchor}}{\thefirstmarks{section}},
% }
%
% \begin{History}
%
%   \sectionformat\subsection[hang]{format=\large\bfseries}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2011/02/19 v3.1}\HistLabel{v3.1}
%   \item Recompilation of the documentation after \Xpackage{tabu} v2.5 release.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2011/02/12 v3.0}\HistLabel{v3.0}
%   \item \csref{tocsetup}, \csref{lofsetup}, \csref{lotsetup} and \csref{listofsetup}: hooks:\\
%           \textt{multicols/beforebegin}\, \textt{multicols/afterbegin}\,  \textt{multicols/beforeend}\, \textt{multicols/afterend} \\
%           added.
%   \item New in \thispackage[interfaces-LaTeX]: \csref{quickprofile}.
%   \item Modification of \csref{papergraduate}: a non empty setting for \M*[every node\handler/.style/]
%         could make the graduation positions to be wrong.
%   \item New key in \thispackage[interfaces-enumitem]: \textt{first=} is an alias for \textt{start=}.
%   \item \cs{papergraduate}: though the graduations were right, the positionning of the graduated paper on the whole page was not.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2011/01/19 v2.9}\HistLabel{v2.9}
%   \item Modification of the syntax of \csref{papergraduate} to allow the same syntax as \cs{path}.\\
%        + optional arguments for this command.
%   \item Some correction on \csref{tocsetup}: \cs{tocsetup}\M*{bookmark=bold} (for example) will automatically
%         set \cs{tocsetup}\M*{title=\cs{contentsname}} in no key \textt{title} has been set. Therefore, a bookmark
%         is set for the table of contents...
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2011/01/17 v2.8}\HistLabel{v2.8}
%   \item New: \csref{papergraduate} in \thispackage[interfaces-TikZ].
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/12/27 v2.6}\HistLabel{v2.6}
%   \item \csref{tocsetup}:\\
%         A few new aliases for keys. \\
%         Key \textt{columns/sep} didn't work. Fixed.
%   \item Generated file \xfile{interfaces-hypbmsec.code.tex} is empty since version \refVersion{2.5}.
%   \item Fixed a bug in \csref{usetikz}\M*{all}: \xpackage{pgfmath} should not be loaded twice because
%         of \cs{pgfmathdeclarefunction}... \\
%         + \xfile{pgfmodulesorting.code.tex} removed: bug in the code...
%   \item \thispackage[interfaces-TikZ] : keys \textt{shorten>},\, \textt{shorten<},\, and\, \textt{shorten<>}.
%   \item Optimisation.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/12/07 v2.5}\HistLabel{v2.5}
%   \item \csref{sectionformat} now works with the \textt{explicit} option of package \xpackage{titlesec}.
%         (\emph{in} \thispackage[interfaces-titlesec])
%   \item Compatibility with \xpackage{calc} package as been implemented for \xpackage{pgfkeys} handlers: \par
%         \begin{tabu}{XXX}
%           \handler/.estore as dimen/ &\handler/.estore as dimen in cs/ &\handler/.store in dimen cs/ \\
%           \handler/.estore as glue/  &\handler/.estore as glue in cs/  &\handler/.store in skip cs/
%         \end{tabu} \par
%         As a result, it is now possible to write:
%         \begin{Verb*}
%         \sectionformat\section{labelsep=\widthof{ some text }}
%         \tocsetup{ section/pagenumbers/width=\widthof{ 00.00\enspace } }
%         \end{Verb*}
%         For scaling operations, \thispackage keeps the shrink and stretch components of glues,
%         while \xpackage{calc} discard them.
%   \item \csref{listofsetup} now works properly (\thispackage[interfaces-tocloft]).
%   \item Some \stform+ and \stform* keys added to \thispackage[interfaces-fancyhdr].
%   \item Fix a bug of \xpackage{titlesec} when inside \xext{dtx} files: \cs{input}\M*{ttlkeys.def}
%         shall be done with \% as a comment character (\cs{BeforeFile}...\cs{AfterFile} does the trick).
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/11/26 v2.4}\HistLabel{v2.4}
%   \item \thispackage[interfaces-fancyhdr] : complete key set for header, footer and offset settings \\
%         Now keys like \textt{foot/inner} or \textt{head/outer/offset} are available (ouf!).
%   \item \thispackage[interfaces-hypbmsec] has been completely rewritten and is now independant of \xpackage{titlesec}
%         and \xpackage{interfaces-titlesec}. \cs{lastsectiontitle} \etc are defined by the mean of
%         \cs{GetTitleString} (from H.O. eponym package). \\
%         \thispackage[interfaces-hypbmsec] now provides \cs{lastsectionanchor} when used with \xpackage{hyperref}.
%   \item \thispackage[interfaces-marks] revisited: expandable macros \cs{thefirstmarks}, \cs{thebotmarks} and \cs{thetopmarks}
%         are now expandable in exactly one step of expansion. \\
%         \cs{marksthe} and \cs{marksthecs} does not use \cs{unexpanded} (better for the \xext{log} file to see the marks). \\
%         Optimization for \cs{getthemarks} with incidence on \csref{ifmarksequal}.
%   \item \csref{repeatcell}: modification of the code. \& alignment tab character is not activated
%         and the ``dirty trick'' (according to D.~Knuth) \textt{\cs{iffalse}\{\cs{fi} \cs{ifnum}0=`\}\cs{fi}} is used instead.
%   \item \csref{htruncadjust} produced an error when used with empty text arguments -- fixed.
%   \item Modification in \cs{bottomtitles}: \cs{bottomtitlespace} should be stored as a dimen, not a skip.
%   \item \csref{removefromstart} is now a \cs{long} macro.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/11/21 v2.3}\HistLabel{v2.3}
%   \item \thispackage[interfaces-fancyhdr] : new keys and new aliases for header, footer and offset settings.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/11/16 v2.2}\HistLabel{v2.2}
%   \item Fix a bug in \thispackage[interfaces-tocloft] (key \textt{section/dotsep}).
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/11/15 v2.1}\HistLabel{v2.1}
%   \item Improved default and blank values for bookmark levels, based on \cs{ttll@\meta{section-name}}
%   \item Correction of a bug in \cs{setlist}: missed a comma
%   \item Correction of a bug in \thispackage[interfaces-fancyhdr] (fixed in \handler/.fancy@hf/ handler).
%   \end{Version}
%
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/10/31 v2.0}\HistLabel{v2.0}
%   \item Comptability of \thispackage[interfaces-pgfkeys] with \xpackage{pgf} version 2.1
%   \item Modification of the key \textt{depth} for \csref{tocsetup} to be able to change the t.o.c.
%         depth anywhere inside the document (just like bookmarks depths).
%   \item handler \handler/.defcounter/ has been replaced by more powerful \handler/.store in counter cs/
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/10/27 v1.2}\HistLabel{v1.2}
%   \item \thispackage[interfaces-hypbmsec] needed some corrections.
%   \item The \textt{offset} keys for fancyhdr didn't work. Fixed.
%   \item Correction of convertion \textt{pt} to \textt{mu} (catcodes...)
%   \item Added \xpackage{microtype} to the documentation...
%   \end{Version}
%
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/10/20 v1.0}\HistLabel{v1.0}
%   \item First version.
%   \end{Version}
%
% \end{History}
%
% \begin{appendices}[intoc=true,title=Appendix: README (for CTAN),intoc/title=\textsc{readme},section]
% The \thispackage package provides a small number of macros to modify the settings of a
% large number of parameters provided by Most Frequently Used Package (MFUP) for typesetting
% beautiful document with \LaTeX{}.
%
% \thispackage is organised as different modules which are loaded after the master package is loaded.
% Each module can be loaded separately.
%
% \cs{sectionformat}: interface for package \xpackage{titlesec} to modifies the titles
%  produced by the sectionning commands (and their bookmarks).
%
% \cs{pagesetup}: interface for package \xpackage{fancyhdr} to modify the current page style
%  or create new page styles.
%
% \cs{tocsetup}: interface for package \xpackage{tocloft} to fine tune the aspect of the table of contents,
% list of figures / of tables. \cs{tocsetup} also applies to \cs{shorttableofcontents} provided
% by the \xpackage{shorttoc} package.
%
% \cs{repeatcell}: to create `dynamic' tabulars, possibly with formula computation (\cs{numexpr},
% \cs{pgfmathparse} or \cs{FPeval} formulas can be plugged in the tabular or array).
%
% \cs{rowfont}: to modify the font and/or the alignment of each cell in a tabular/array row.
%
% + some macros to make easier the use of \eTeX{} \cs{marks} registers (useful with \cs{sectionformat}
% and \cs{pagesetup}).
%
% \thispackage is mainly based on scrlfile.sty (provided in the Koma-Script bundle, but
% Koma-Script classes are not required), on pgfkeys and etoolbox.
%
% \thispackage defines some pgfkeys handlers designed specially to make key-value interface
% for other packages. Using those handlers allows to make an interface in a few minutes...
%
%
% \end{appendices}
%
% \PrintIndex
%
% \Finale
